CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport™ Manual

(formerly cView ReportWizard Manual)

Release 5.2
 Copyright 1994-2013 Open Solutions Inc.
All rights reserved January 2013
No part of this material may be reproduced in any form without written permission
Table of Contents
Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 8
Information Center Data Source .................................................................................... 10
Information Center Tables and Views ........................................................................ 11
Reporting Table Load (WH_EXTRACT.SQT) ............................................................ 12
Information Center Views and Tables ........................................................................ 22
Data Source Management............................................................................................. 39
Accessing Datasources ............................................................................................. 40
Working with Folders ................................................................................................. 42
Deleting Folders ........................................................................................................ 43
Creating Datasource(s) ............................................................................................. 44
Creating a Base Datasource...................................................................................... 45
Creating a Derived Datasource ................................................................................. 48
Editing Datasource Connections ............................................................................... 51
Exporting a Data Source File ..................................................................................... 53
Importing a Datasource File....................................................................................... 55
Editing Datasource Tables......................................................................................... 57
Editing the Table Name ............................................................................................. 59
Adding Columns ........................................................................................................ 62
Editing Columns ........................................................................................................ 66
Display Deleted Columns in Data Source Manager ................................................... 71
Query Builder and Report Manager ............................................................................... 72
Using Query Builder to Create Reports...................................................................... 73
About the Queries Screen ......................................................................................... 76
Regenerating a Report with Charts............................................................................ 78
About the Create Query Screen ................................................................................ 80
Visual Profiling........................................................................................................... 82
Creating a Visual Profile Query ................................................................................. 83
Visual Profile Queries MapPoint 2010 ....................................................................... 87
Publishing a MapPoint Map in cView ......................................................................... 89
About the Reports Screen ......................................................................................... 94
Immediate Report Publishing in Report Manager ...................................................... 96
Publish Reports ....................................................................................................... 100
Adding Reports to a Channel................................................................................... 103

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 3

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Table of Contents

Adding a Chart or Report Data to a Channel ........................................................... 108

Query Builder Quick Start Tutorial ............................................................................... 113
Create a Query in Query Builder ............................................................................. 114
Add Columns for Display and Sorting ...................................................................... 116
Change the Column Formatting ............................................................................... 119
Set Up Qualifiers ..................................................................................................... 121
Run and View the Query ......................................................................................... 123
Working with Query Builder ......................................................................................... 124
Adding Columns ...................................................................................................... 125
Sorting and Reordering Columns............................................................................. 128
Showing or Hiding Columns .................................................................................... 129
Deleting Columns .................................................................................................... 130
Query Changes Affecting Charts ............................................................................. 131
Renaming Columns or Adding Descriptions ............................................................ 133
Changing a Column’s Display Format ..................................................................... 134
Creating Computed Columns .................................................................................. 137
Creating a Computed Date Column ......................................................................... 142
Applying Functions to Column Values ..................................................................... 147
Replacing a Column’s Value (Decoded) .................................................................. 150
Editing Original or Replacement Values .................................................................. 153
Conditionally Replacing a Column’s Value (Case) ................................................... 154
Editing When Clauses ............................................................................................. 157
Editing Replacement Values.................................................................................... 158
Rearranging Rows................................................................................................... 159
Excluding Duplicate Records ................................................................................... 160
Qualifying ................................................................................................................ 161
Using Operators ...................................................................................................... 163
Qualifying a Column with a Typed-in Value ............................................................. 166
Using AND and OR conditions ................................................................................ 167
Qualifying a Column with a Database Column ......................................................... 169
Qualifying a Column with a Computed Column........................................................ 170
Including User Prompts ........................................................................................... 174
Display Prompts on Reports .................................................................................... 175
Displaying Prompts on Report Headers ................................................................... 176
Viewing SQL Statements ......................................................................................... 178
Table of Contents

Creating SQL Query .................................................................................................... 179

Rules for Creating SQL Queries .............................................................................. 180
Authorizing Users for SQL Query ............................................................................ 182
Assigning Permissions for SQL Queries .................................................................. 186
Procedures to Maintain SQL Queries .......................................................................... 188
Create, View Results and Save a SQL Query.......................................................... 189
Including a User Prompt in a SQL Query ................................................................. 192
Saving a Standard Query as a SQL Query .............................................................. 195
Using a SQL Query as a Sub-query to Create a Segment ....................................... 198
Using a SQL Query to Create a Report ................................................................... 201
Exporting a SQL Query ........................................................................................... 202
Deleting a SQL Query ............................................................................................. 203
Deleting a SQL Query User ..................................................................................... 204
Creating Super Queries ............................................................................................... 207
Note: ........................................................................................................................... 213
Comparing Columns in a Query to a Sub Query ...................................................... 217
Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data ........................................................ 222
Changing Table Joins for a Query ........................................................................... 237
Adding or Editing Table Joins by Specifying Matching Columns .............................. 239
Adding or Editing Table Joins by Building Ad-Hoc Filters ........................................ 241
Using the Multi-Join Feature .................................................................................... 244
Deleting Standard Queries, Super Queries, and Folders ......................................... 251
Importing and Exporting Queries and Folders ............................................................. 252
Exporting a Query, Super Query, or Folder ............................................................. 253
Importing an Exported Standard Query or Super Query .......................................... 255
Importing a Query Folder or Selected Queries in an Exported Folder ...................... 256
Report Manager Quickstart ......................................................................................... 258
Duplicate and Edit a Report in Query Builder .......................................................... 259
Open a Report in Report Manager........................................................................... 261
Change a Report’s Appearance .............................................................................. 262
Add Calculations and Grouping ............................................................................... 264
Linking Reports ....................................................................................................... 265
Creating New Charts ............................................................................................... 267
Editing or Deleting Charts ........................................................................................ 274
Adding a Report to a Channel ................................................................................. 278
Table of Contents

Working with Report Manager ..................................................................................... 280

Changing General Settings...................................................................................... 281
Changing the Page Setup ....................................................................................... 282
Changing Columns .................................................................................................. 285
Specify a Common Column Width for One or More Columns .................................. 286
Specify a Common Column Format for One or More Columns ................................ 287
Editing a Column’s Definition ................................................................................... 288
Inserting a New Value into the Column Definition .................................................... 291
Editing a Column’s Format ...................................................................................... 293
Adding Columns ...................................................................................................... 295
Linking Reports ....................................................................................................... 296
Viewing a Report ..................................................................................................... 298
View Report / View Results ..................................................................................... 299
Including Calculations and Grouping Columns ........................................................ 302
Report Scheduler .................................................................................................... 304
Deleting Published Reports ..................................................................................... 309
Deleting a Report with Charts .................................................................................. 310
Printing Reports....................................................................................................... 312
Saving In HTML or Delimited Format....................................................................... 314
Importing and Exporting Reports from Report Manager .............................................. 316
Exporting a Report .................................................................................................. 317
Importing an Exported Report.................................................................................. 318
Standard Queries and Reports .................................................................................... 319
Balance Reports ...................................................................................................... 320
Delinquency Reports ............................................................................................... 332
Officer Reports ........................................................................................................ 335
Property Analysis Reports ....................................................................................... 359
TD Maturity Reports ................................................................................................ 367
Transaction Reports ................................................................................................ 371
Mailing Labels ......................................................................................................... 384
Miscellaneous Query Only Information .................................................................... 390
Redistribution of Standard Queries and Standard Reports as Templates .................... 394
Standard Report / Query Changes .......................................................................... 395
Creating a Datasource............................................................................................. 398
Standard Templates Functions ................................................................................ 401
Table of Contents

Query Builder Standard Templates.......................................................................... 405

Viewing Queries in Subfolders................................................................................. 406
Editing and Saving Copies of Template Queries in Query Builder ........................... 407
Exporting Standard Query Templates...................................................................... 409
Standard Report Templates..................................................................................... 410
Viewing Reports in Subfolders................................................................................. 411
Viewing Report Results ........................................................................................... 413
Saving a Copy of the Template Report .................................................................... 415
Exporting Standard Template Reports ..................................................................... 417
Introduction
Overview
This manual provides the information necessary to create queries and reports. This
manual describes the following in detail:
 Information Center DataSources
 DataSource Manager
 Query Builder
 Report Manager
 Standard Queries and Reports
Note: A DNAreport administrator may request a system log by selecting Security and
User Activity Log in the System Log channel. This log lists all the security related actions
and other actions performed by each user including the actions performed up to the
current time, or the actions from a specific date. For more information, see “Viewing the
System Log” in the DNApublisher Manual.

Information Center DataSources

This section describes the standard tables and views used in DNAreport to queries and
reports. It provides parameters, tables, columns, and the associated datasources.

DataSource Manager
A Datasource is a view of a database that can be tailored to present data to users for
query functions. Datasources are used by Query Builder to create queries for reports.
Datasource Manager can be used to:
 Create new datasources and derived datasources
 Create new folders where datasources reside
 Edit datasource database connections
 Export and import datasource files
 Edit datasource tables
 Add/edit datasource columns

Query Builder
The Query Builder tool is used to create queries to provide specific information that can
then be viewed or printed. Through Query Builder, you can:
 Create standard queries, super queries, and folders
 Add columns for displaying and sorting
 Change the column formatting
 Set up qualifiers
 Run and View the Query
 Display Prompts on Report HeadersReport Manager

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 8

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Introduction

Report Manager is used to:

 Edit reports
 Change columns
 View reports
 Import and export reports
 Print Reports
 Publish Reports

Standard Queries and Reports

The standard queries and reports provided by cView are described in this section. The
column names, description, print and/or qualify indicator, and sort order options are
provided for the following report types:
 Balance Reports
 Delinquency Reports
 Officer Reports
 Property Analysis Reports
 TD Maturity Reports
 Transaction Reports
In addition, Mailing Label and Miscellaneous Query Information are provided.

About DNApublisher
The My Page screen is the entry point for all cView Web applications. It acts as
personalized gateway, or portal, into the cView environment and can be quickly
configured to a user’s specifications.
Refer to the "DNApublisher Manual" for more information.

About DNAactivity
DNAactivity is a contact and activity tracking service that enables services/sales and
marketing professionals to closely track and monitor their contacts and activities
generation processes and programs to optimize time and resources. It moves activities
dynamically through the institution, ensuring that each request reaches the right person
each time, gets the right response, and produces results.
Refer to the "DNAactivity Manual" for more information.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 9

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Data Source
Overview
A Data Source is a view of a database that can be tailored to present data to users for
query functions. It allows the institution to present information in a useful, user friendly
format.
A Data Source also contains information that identifies the database that is being used.
Data Sources are used by Query Builder to create queries for reports.

Data Source Connectivity Information

The Data Source configuration file will need to be updated with the appropriate IP
Address of the Oracle database to be used. The datasource can point to a production or
testing database. This will be completed at the time of the installation with the assistance
of Open Solutions Professional Services.
The Data Source configuration file contains a database userid and password. The
“Osibank” user is required for access to make the appropriate tables and views available
for use.

Information Center Data Source Information

The Data Source used by Information Center is the DNA Oracle database, and uses a
series of tables and views to give access to commonly used information. These tables
and views are listed below. Detailed information about the various views is included in
the Information Center Views section of this manual.
The Warehouse tables listed below are populated by WH_Extract. This is a batch job
that can be run at the institutions discretion. It must be noted that the information that will
be returned in many of the following queries and reports will only be as recent as the last
time the extract was run.
For full information regarding creation of the WH_Extract, refer to section
WH_EXTRACT.SQT

Warehouse Extract Tables

The following DNA tables are included:
DNA Name Information Center Name
WH_AcctCommon Common_Acct_Info
WH_AcctDeposit Deposit_Acct_Info
WH_AcctLoan Loan_Acct_Info
WH_ExtEntity External_Entity_Info
WH_ExtCommon External Entity_Detail

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 10

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views
The following views or tables are available for use with RW_TCBS datasource. These
views where the DNA name begins with RW_ are only available with the DNAreport and
DNAmarket products.
DNA Name Information Center Name
RW_MemberInfo Member_Information
RW_Transaction Transaction_View
RW_TransBrnchLoc Transaction_Branch_Info
RW_Delinquent_Mview Delinquent_MView
RW_PropView Account_Properties
RW_PropCountView Acct_Prop_Count
RW_LnOffDiburse Loan_Disbursement_Information
RW_LnOffRateChg Loan_Ratechange_Info
PERSVIEW Pers_View
CARDSTATVIEW Card_Status_View
CARDISSVIEW Card_Issue_View

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 11

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Reporting Table Load (WH_EXTRACT.SQT)
Description
The Reporting Table Load (WH_EXTRACT) batch job extracts data from the core DNA
tables and populates the reporting tables.

Parameters
This report’s parameters are described in the following table.
Parameter Req’d Default Parameter Value(s)
Batch Processing N 1000 The number of database transactions that the
Commit Level (CMTL) report should process before committing the
changes permanently.
Create Timer Records N N Indicates if timer records should be created.
(TMYN) Y = Create timer records and populate the
WH_TimeTrack table with current timing
information.
N = Do not create timer records that populate
WH_TimeTrack table.
End of Month Extract N N Y = Set the WH_AcctCommon.MonthendYN
(EMYN) indicator to Y for all records. This allows
comparing month-end data from various periods
and is checked as part of the purge procedure to
prevent deletion of month end data sets.
N = Set the WH_AcctCommon.MonthendYN
indicator to N for all records.
External Entity Type N None A comma-separated list of external entity type
Code (EETC) codes to include rate and annual cost information
in the extract (if stored in the DNA external entity
tables).
Loan Transaction N None Not in use at this time.
Date (TFRM)
Major Account Type N CML, A comma-separated list of codes for the Major
Code (MJCD) CNS, Account Types that should be included in the
extract.
MTG,
TD,
SAV,
CK
Processing Options N 3 Determines what is produced by the report:
(PROC) 1 = Warehouse tables and text file with header
2 = Warehouse tables and text file w/o header
3 = Warehouse tables only
4 = Text file only with header
5 = Text file only w/o header
Table Processing N A Determines what is imported into the warehouse
Options (TAPO) tables.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 12

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Reporting Table Load (WH_EXTRACT)

Parameter Req’d Default Parameter Value(s)

A = Import Account Information Only
B = Import Both Account and External Entity
Information
E = Import External Entity Information Only
Truncate Tables at N N Indicate to truncate tables at the start.
Start (TRUN) Y = Truncate the reporting table contents (delete
all the data in the warehouse tables) before re-
populating the tables.
N = Do not truncate. Leave existing data in the
warehouse tables.

Operation
Run this report in its own batch queue. This report should be run after the post–cycle
queue is complete.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 13

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
DNAreport/WH_EXTRACT Cross-Reference

Overview
Many of the data fields used by DNAreport are populated by the Reporting Table Load
(WH_EXTRACT.SQT) report. This document provides a cross-reference between table
and column names populated by this report and the data source names used in the
DNAreport application. For more information about any of these fields, see the
Warehouse Reporting Tables document available on the Open Solutions Inc. extranet.

Cross-reference Columns
The following table shows the correspondence between WH_EXTRACT table names
and DNAreport data source names.
WH_EXTRACT Column name DNAreport Data Source Name
WH_AcctCommon.AcctNbr Common_Acct_Info.Account Number
WH_AcctCommon.EffDate Common_Acct_Info.Effective Date
WH_AcctCommon.MonthEndYN Common_Acct_Info.Month End YN
WH_AcctCommon.MjAcctTypCd Common_Acct_Info.Major Type Code
WH_AcctCommon.CurrMiAcctTypCd Common_Acct_Info.Product Type Code
WH_AcctCommon.Product Common_Acct_Info.Product
WH_AcctCommon.CurrAcctStatCd Common_Acct_Info.Status
WH_AcctCommon.CurrAcctStatEffDate Common_Acct_Info.Status Effective Date
WH_AcctCommon.AcctOpenCurrMonthYN Common_Acct_Info.Account Open Current Month
YN
WH_AcctCommon.AcctCloseCurrMonthYN Common_Acct_Info.Account Closed Current
Month YN
WH_AcctCommon.BranchOrgNbr Common_Acct_Info.Branch Number
WH_AcctCommon.BranchName Common_Acct_Info.Branch Name
WH_AcctCommon.BankOrgNbr Common_Acct_Info.Institution Number
WH_AcctCommon.NoteIntRate Common_Acct_Info.Interest Rate
WH_AcctCommon.NoteNextRateChangeDat Common_Acct_Info.Next Rate Change Date
e
WH_AcctCommon.NoteRateChangeCal Common_Acct_Info.Rate Change Frequency
PerCd
WH_AcctCommon.NoteOpenAmt Common_Acct_Info.Opening Amount
WH_AcctCommon.NoteBal Common_Acct_Info.Balance
WH_AcctCommon.BookBalance Common_Acct_Info.Passbook Balance
WH_AcctCommon.NoteMtdAvgBal Common_Acct_Info.MTD Average Balance
WH_AcctCommon.NoteIntCalcSchedNbr Common_Acct_Info.Rate Schedule Number
WH_AcctCommon.CalcBalTypCd Common_Acct_Info.Rate Calculation Balance

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 14

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
DNAreport/WH_EXTRACT Cross-Reference

WH_EXTRACT Column name DNAreport Data Source Name

WH_AcctCommon.CompoundCalPerCd Common_Acct_Info.Compound Period
WH_EXTRACT Column name ReportWizard Data Source Name
WH_AcctCommon.DaysMethCd Common_Acct_Info.Rate Days 30/Actual
WH_AcctCommon.IntMethCd Common_Acct_Info.Interest Method Code
WH_AcctCommon.IntMinCalcBalTypCd Common_Acct_Info.Minimum Interest Balance
Type
WH_AcctCommon.RateTypCd Common_Acct_Info.Rate Variable – Fixed
WH_AcctCommon.IntBase Common_Acct_Info.Rate Days 30/Actual
WH_AcctCommon.IntMinBalAmt Common_Acct_Info.Minimum Interest Balance
Amount
WH_AcctCommon.DateMat Common_Acct_Info.Maturity Date
WH_AcctCommon.CurrTerm Common_Acct_Info.Term
WH_AcctCommon.ContractDate Common_Acct_Info.Contract Date
WH_AcctCommon.CloseDate Common_Acct_Info.Closed Date
WH_AcctCommon.TaxRptForOrgNbr Common_Acct_Info.Tax Organization Number
WH_AcctCommon.TaxRptForPersNbr Common_Acct_Info.Tax Person Number
WH_AcctCommon.Origpersnbr Common_Acct_Info.Originating Person Number
WH_AcctCommon.Originatingperson Common_Acct_Info.Originating Person Name
WH_AcctCommon.Acctofficernbr Common_Acct_Info.Account Officer Number
WH_AcctCommon.Acctofficer Common_Acct_Info.Account Officer Name
WH_AcctCommon.Loanofficersnbr Common_Acct_Info.Loan Officer Number
WH_AcctCommon.Loanofficer Common_Acct_Info.Loan Officer Name
WH_AcctCommon.Managingofficernbr Common_Acct_Info.Managing Officer Number
WH_AcctCommon.Managingofficer Common_Acct_Info.Managing Officer Name
WH_AcctCommon.Nameaddr1 Common_Acct_Info.Name/Address Line 1
WH_AcctCommon.Nameaddr2 Common_Acct_Info.Name/Address Line 2
WH_AcctCommon.Nameaddr3 Common_Acct_Info.Name/Address Line 3
WH_AcctCommon.Nameaddr4 Common_Acct_Info.Name/Address Line 4
WH_AcctCommon.Nameaddr5 Common_Acct_Info.Name/Address Line 5
WH_AcctCommon.Taxidnbr Common_Acct_Info.Tax ID Number
WH_AcctCommon.Ownername Common_Acct_Info.First name/Last name
WH_AcctCommon.Ownersortname Common_Acct_Info.Last name/First name
WH_AcctCommon.Primaryownerzipcd Common_Acct_Info.Zip Code
WH_AcctCommon.Primaryownerzipcdsuff Common_Acct_Info.Zip Code Suffix
WH_AcctCommon.Primaryownercity Common_Acct_Info.City

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 15

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
DNAreport/WH_EXTRACT Cross-Reference

WH_EXTRACT Column name DNAreport Data Source Name

WH_AcctCommon.Primaryownerstate Common_Acct_Info. State
WH_EXTRACT Column name ReportWizard Data Source Name
WH_AcctCommon.Datelastmaint Common_Acct_Info.Date Last Maintenance
WH_AcctCommon.Homephone Common_Acct_Info.Phone Number – Home
WH_AcctCommon.Businessphone Common_Acct_Info.Phone Number - Business
WH_EXTRACT Column name ReportWizard Data Source Name
WH_AcctDeposit.Acctnbr Deposit_Acct_Info.Account Number
WH_AcctDeposit.Effdate Deposit_Acct_Info.Effective Date
WH_AcctDeposit.Transactionacctyn Deposit_Acct_Info.Transaction Account YN
WH_AcctDeposit.Stmtacctyn Deposit_Acct_Info.Statement Account YN
WH_AcctDeposit.Mmyn Deposit_Acct_Info.Money Market Account YN
WH_AcctDeposit.Passbookyn Deposit_Acct_Info.Passbook Account YN
WH_AcctDeposit.Retirementyn Deposit_Acct_Info.Retirement Account YN
WH_AcctDeposit.Retirementplannbr Deposit_Acct_Info.Retirement Plan Number
WH_AcctDeposit.Sourceoffunds Deposit_Acct_Info.Opening Funds Source
WH_AcctDeposit.Closereasoncd Deposit_Acct_Info.Closed Reason Code
WH_AcctDeposit.Ytdamtint Deposit_Acct_Info.YTD Interest
WH_AcctDeposit.Ytdamtpen Deposit_Acct_Info.YTD Penalty
WH_AcctDeposit.Ytdamtfwth Deposit_Acct_Info.TYD Federal Withholding
WH_AcctDeposit.Ytdamtswth Deposit_Acct_Info.YTD State Withholding
WH_AcctDeposit.Ytdoverdrafts Deposit_Acct_Info.YTD Overdrafts
WH_AcctDeposit.Ytdnsf Deposit_Acct_Info.YTD NSF
WH_AcctDeposit.Inerestpmtmethcd Deposit_Acct_Info.Interest Payment Method
WH_AcctDeposit.Acctpenmethcd Deposit_Acct_Info.Account Penalty
WH_AcctDeposit.Mjmipenmethcd Deposit_Acct_Info.Penalty Method Code
WH_AcctDeposit.Penfreeamt Deposit_Acct_Info.No Penalty Balance
WH_AcctDeposit.Noteavail Deposit_Acct_Info.Available Balance
WH_AcctDeposit.Noteaccruedint Deposit_Acct_Info.Accrued Balance
WH_AcctDeposit.Overdraftbal Deposit_Acct_Info.Overdraft Balance
WH_AcctDeposit.Overdraftavail Deposit_Acct_Info.Overdraft Available Balance
WH_AcctDeposit.Checkholds Deposit_Acct_Info.Check Hold Amount
WH_AcctDeposit.Otherholds Deposit_Acct_Info.Other Hold Amount
WH_AcctDeposit.Stmtcyclecd Deposit_Acct_Info.Statement Cycle
WH_AcctDeposit.Sccyclecd Deposit_Acct_Info.Service Charge Cycle

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 16

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
DNAreport/WH_EXTRACT Cross-Reference

WH_EXTRACT Column name DNAreport Data Source Name

WH_AcctDeposit.Intcyclecd Deposit_Acct_Info.Interest Cycle
WH_AcctDeposit.Earningscalperiod Deposit_Acct_Info.Interest Earnings Frequency
WH_AcctDeposit.Nextearningdate Deposit_Acct_Info.Next Interest Earnings Date
WH_AcctDeposit.Datelastcontact Deposit_Acct_Info.Last Contact Date
WH_AcctDeposit.Datelastmaint Deposit_Acct_Info.Date Last Maintenance
WH_EXTRACT Column name ReportWizard Data Source Name
WH_AcctLoan.Acctnbr Loan_Acct_Info.Account Number
WH_AcctLoan.Effdate Loan_Acct_Info.Effective Date
WH_AcctLoan.Invrnbr Loan_Acct_Info.Investor Number
WH_AcctLoan.Propnbr Loan_Acct_Info.Property Number
WH_AcctLoan.Escbal Loan_Acct_Info.Escrow Balance
WH_AcctLoan.Unappbal Loan_Acct_Info.Unapplied Balance
WH_AcctLoan.Lipbal Loan_Acct_Info.Loan In Process Balance
WH_AcctLoan.Cobal Loan_Acct_Info.Charge Off Balance
WH_AcctLoan.Latechargedue Loan_Acct_Info.Late Charges Due
WH_AcctLoan.Noteaccruedint Loan_Acct_Info.Accrued Balance
WH_AcctLoan.Notenonaccruedint Loan_Acct_Info.Non Performing Accrued Interest
WH_AcctLoan.Escaccruedint Loan_Acct_Info.Escrow Accrued Interest
WH_AcctLoan.Escintrate Loan_Acct_Info.Escrow Interest Rate
WH_AcctLoan.Purpcd Loan_Acct_Info.Purpose Code
WH_AcctLoan.Lnqualitycd Loan_Acct_Info.Quality Code
WH_AcctLoan.Fdiccatcd Loan_Acct_Info.FDIC Category Code
WH_AcctLoan.Fhlbcatcd Loan_Acct_Info.FHLB Category Code
WH_AcctLoan.Pmtmethcd Loan_Acct_Info.Payment Method
WH_AcctLoan.Occloancatcd Loan_Acct_Info.OCC Category Code
WH_AcctLoan.Otsloancatcd Loan_Acct_Info.OTS Category Code
WH_AcctLoan.Date1stpmtdue Loan_Acct_Info.First Payment Due Date
WH_AcctLoan.Gracedays Loan_Acct_Info.Payment Grace Days
WH_AcctLoan.Nextduedate Loan_Acct_Info.Next Due Date
WH_AcctLoan.Nextpmtchangedate Loan_Acct_Info.Next Payment Change Date
WH_AcctLoan.Demandyn Loan_Acct_Info.Demand Loan YN
WH_AcctLoan.Restructuredyn Loan_Acct_Info.Restructured Loan YN
WH_AcctLoan.Creditreporttypcd Loan_Acct_Info.Credit Report Code
WH_AcctLoan.Notreyn Loan_Acct_Info.Revolving YN

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 17

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
DNAreport/WH_EXTRACT Cross-Reference

WH_EXTRACT Column name DNAreport Data Source Name

WH_AcctLoan.Esccompmth Loan_Acct_Info.Escrow Interest Compound
Method
WH_AcctLoan.Notreyn Loan_Acct_Info.Revolving YN
WH_AcctLoan.Loansourcecd Loan_Acct_Info.Source Code
WH_AcctLoan.Balloonyn Loan_Acct_Info.Balloon Loan YN
WH_AcctLoan.Loanlosscatcd Loan_Acct_Info.Loan Loss Category Code
WH_AcctLoan.Totalpctsold Loan_Acct_Info.Percent Sold
WH_AcctLoan.Loansourcecd Loan_Acct_Info.Source Code
WH_AcctLoan.Balloonyn Loan_Acct_Info.Balloon Loan YN
WH_AcctLoan.Loanlosscatcd Loan_Acct_Info.Loan Loss Category Code
WH_EXTRACT Column name ReportWizard Data Source Name
WH_AcctLoan.Invrconformyn Loan_Acct_Info.Investor Conforming YN
WH_AcctLoan.Riskratingcd Loan_Acct_Info.Risk Rating Code
WH_AcctLoan.Billadvanceyn Loan_Acct_Info.Bill In Advance YN
WH_AcctLoan.Ratechangerecalcpmtyn Loan_Acct_Info.Recalc Payment on Rate Change
YN
WH_AcctLoan.Loanagencycd Loan_Acct_Info.Agency Code
WH_AcctLoan.Currduedate Loan_Acct_Info.Current Due Date
WH_AcctLoan.Slpcd Loan_Acct_Info.Student Loan Program Code
WH_AcctLoan.Cracatcd Loan_Acct_Info.CRA Code
WH_AcctLoan.Lastreviewdate Loan_Acct_Info.Last Review Date
WH_AcctLoan.Lastpaymentdate Loan_Acct_Info.Last Payment Date
WH_AcctLoan.Marginfixed Loan_Acct_Info.Margin Fixed
WH_AcctLoan.Marginpct Loan_Acct_Info.Margin Percent
WH_AcctLoan.Maxratechangeup Loan_Acct_Info.Maximum Rate Change Up
WH_AcctLoan.Minratechangeup Loan_Acct_Info.Minimum Rate Change Up
WH_AcctLoan.Minintrate Loan_Acct_Info.Rate Floor
WH_AcctLoan.Maxintrate Loan_Acct_Info.Rate Ceiling
WH_AcctLoan.Capitalizeintyn Loan_Acct_Info.Capitalize Interest YN
WH_AcctLoan.Amortterm Loan_Acct_Info.Balloon Payment Amortization
Term
WH_AcctLoan.Ratechangerndmethcd Loan_Acct_Info.Rate Change Round Method
Code
WH_AcctLoan.Pmtchangerndmethcd Loan_Acct_Info.Payment Change Round Method
Code
WH_AcctLoan.Minratechangedown Loan_Acct_Info.Minimum Rate Change Down

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 18

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
DNAreport/WH_EXTRACT Cross-Reference

WH_EXTRACT Column name DNAreport Data Source Name

WH_AcctLoan.Maxratechangedown Loan_Acct_Info.Maximum Rate Change Down
WH_AcctLoan.Negamortallowedyn Loan_Acct_Info.Negative Amortization Allowed
YN
WH_AcctLoan.Adjusttermyn Loan_Acct_Info.Adjust Term YN
WH_AcctLoan.Pmtchangecalpercd Loan_Acct_Info.Payment Change Frequency
WH_AcctLoan.Creditlimitamt Loan_Acct_Info.Credit Limit
WH_AcctLoan.Origintrate Loan_Acct_Info.Original Rate
WH_AcctLoan.Origloanlimit Loan_Acct_Info.Original Loan Limit
WH_AcctLoan.Prepaycharge Loan_Acct_Info.Prepayment Charge
WH_AcctLoan.Totalpi Loan_Acct_Info.Total Principal and Interest
WH_AcctLoan.Totalpidue Loan_Acct_Info.Total Principal and Interest Due
WH_AcctLoan.Escrowdue Loan_Acct_Info.Escrow Due
WH_AcctLoan.Totalpaymentsdue Loan_Acct_Info.Total Payments Due
WH_EXTRACT Column name ReportWizard Data Source Name
WH_AcctLoan.Numberpmtsdue Loan_Acct_Info.Number of Payments Due
WH_AcctLoan.Ytdlate30 Loan_Acct_Info.YTD 30 Days Delq
WH_AcctLoan.Ytdlate60 Loan_Acct_Info.YTD 60 Days Delq
WH_AcctLoan.Ytdlate90 Loan_Acct_Info.YTD 90 Days Delq
WH_AcctLoan.Ytdlate120plus Loan_Acct_Info.YTD 120 Days Delq
WH_AcctLoan.Ytdinterest Loan_Acct_Info.YTD Interest Paid
WH_AcctLoan.Ytdlatechrgpaid Loan_Acct_Info.YTD Late Charges Paid
WH_AcctLoan.Ytdprepaidcharge Loan_Acct_Info.YTD Prepaid Charge
WH_AcctLoan.Defcostrem Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Cost Remaining Term
WH_AcctLoan.Defcostunearned Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Cost Unearned Amount
WH_AcctLoan.Defcostrate Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Cost Rate
WH_AcctLoan.Defcostratemonthly Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Cost Rate Monthly
WH_AcctLoan.Stndcostrem Loan_Acct_Info.Cost Remaining
WH_AcctLoan.Stndcostunearned Loan_Acct_Info.Cost Unearned
WH_AcctLoan.Stndcostrate Loan_Acct_Info.Cost Rate
WH_AcctLoan.Stndcostratemonthly Loan_Acct_Info.Cost Monthly Rate
WH_AcctLoan.Deffeerem Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Fee Remaining Term
WH_AcctLoan.Deffeeunearned Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Fee Unearned
WH_AcctLoan.Deffeerate Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Fee Rate
WH_AcctLoan.Deffeeratemonthly Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Fee Rate Monthly
WH_AcctLoan.Defremterm Loan_Acct_Info.Deferred Fee Remaining Term

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 19

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
DNAreport/WH_EXTRACT Cross-Reference

WH_EXTRACT Column name DNAreport Data Source Name

WH_AcctLoan.Datelastmaint Loan_Acct_Info.Date Last Maintenance
WH_ExtCommon.Extentityid External_Entity_Info.Entity ID
WH_ExtCommon.Extentitytypcd External_Entity_Info.Type Code
WH_ExtCommon.Effdate External_Entity_Info.Effective Date
WH_ExtCommon.Extamt External_Entity_Info.Amount
WH_ExtCommon.Extamteffdate External_Entity_Info.Amount Effective Date
WH_ExtCommon.Annualcost External_Entity_Info.Annual Cost
WH_ExtCommon.Monthendyn External_Entity_Info.Month End YN
WH_ExtCommon.Taxrptfororgnbr External_Entity_Info.Tax Organization Number
WH_ExtCommon.Taxrptforpersnbr External_Entity_Info.Tax Person Number
WH_ExtCommon.Nameaddr1 External_Entity_Info.Name/Address Line 1
WH_ExtCommon.Nameaddr2 External_Entity_Info.Name/Address Line 2
WH_EXTRACT Column name ReportWizard Data Source Name
WH_ExtCommon.Nameaddr3 External_Entity_Info.Name/Address Line 3
WH_ExtCommon.Nameaddr4 External_Entity_Info.Name/Address Line 4
WH_ExtCommon.Nameaddr5 External_Entity_Info.Name/Address Line 5
WH_ExtCommon.Taxid External_Entity_Info.Tax ID Number
WH_ExtCommon.Ownername External_Entity_Info.First Name/Last Name
WH_ExtCommon.Ownersortname External_Entity_Info.Last Name/First Name
WH_ExtEntity.Datelastmaint External_Entity_Info.Date Last Maintenance
WH_ ExtEntity.Extentityid External_Entity_Detail.Entity ID
WH_ ExtEntity.Extentitytypcd External_Entity_Detail.Type Code
WH_ ExtEntity.Effdate External_Entity_Detail.Effective Date
WH_ ExtEntity.Rate External_Entity_Detail.Rate
WH_ ExtEntity.Annualincome External_Entity_Detail.Annual Income
WH_ ExtEntity.Balamt External_Entity_Detail.Balance
WH_ ExtEntity.Balamteffdate External_Entity_Detail.Balance Effective Date
WH_ ExtEntity.Datelastmaint External_Entity_Detail.Date Last Maintenance

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 20

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
DNAreport View Update (RW_MVIEW.SQT)

Overview
Open Solutions provides an updating report for users of the Information Center and
DNA®. This report replaces the data that is contained in the RW_Delinquent_MView
table.
Report Name Report Number Report File Name
DNAreport View Update 5244 RW_MVIEW.SQT

Restrictions
None

Parameters
None

Operations
The institution should run this as frequently as they need to. The information will
completely replace data in the table and should be part of nightly batch processing.
Updating this table during the online day may cause inconsistency in output when there
are multiple users.

Output
The report has no detail information. If the process of updating the table has completed
successfully the following information will display on the report:
 Truncated table osibank.rw_delinquent_mview
 Inserted osibank.rw_delinquent_mview

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 21

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Views and Tables
Overview
The views and tables that are described on the following screens were created to assist
a financial institution in creating queries and reports. They allow easy access to common
information that would normally be somewhat complicated to retrieve, due to the
complexity of the DNA database structure.

Contents
Each available view or table specific to the DNAreport tool will be described in detail.
The name of the view or table as found on the DNA database is given along with the
name as it is seen in the Data source.
Each field of information will be stated along with the original table source, a description
and when available where in the DNA applications the information can be verified. If the
information can be accessed through the any of the DNA online applications, the dialog
number and name are listed with the field label that contains the value.

Account_Properties (RW_PropView)

Overview
This view allows the user to access a variety of key property information fields.

Data Mapping
Data Source Table Description How to Locate Field in
Name (Data Origin of DNA Application
Base Name) Data
Account Number AcctProp Unique DNA account 6045 – Account’s
(AcctNbr) identifier Properties – Account
Number
Property AcctProp Unique Number assigned 6045 – Account’s
Number each property Properties – Property
(PropNbr) Number
Inactive Date AcctProp Date the property was 6045 – Account’s
(InactiveDate) inactivated on the account Properties – Inactive Date
Property Type PropTyp Code used to group N/A
Code properties
(PropTypCd)
Property Type PropTyp Description of code 6009 – Add/Edit Property
Description
(PropTypDesc)
Address Prop Unique DNA number N/A
Number assigned to an address
(AddrNbr)
Location Prop User defined location 6009 – Add/Edit Property –
Description description Location Description
(LocDesc)

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 22

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Data Source Table Description How to Locate Field in

Name (Data Origin of DNA Application
Base Name) Data
Property Prop User defined Property 6009 – Add/Edit Property –
Identification Identification Identification Number
(PropId)
Plate Number Prop Vehicle License Plate 6010 – Add/Edit Additional
(PlateNbr) Number AKA – Marker Property – Plate Number
Number
Plate State Prop State code that issues the 6010 – Add/Edit Additional
Code Vehicle Plate Property – State of Issue
(PlateStateCd)
Vehicle Make Prop i.e. Vehicle information - 6010 – Add/Edit Additional
(PropMake) Toyota Property – Make/
Manufacturer
Vehicle Model Prop i.e. Vehicle information - 6010 – Add/Edit Additional
(PropModel) Camry Property - Model
Property Prop User Defined description of 6009 – Add/Edit Property –
Description property being held as Property Description
(PropDesc) collateral.

Account_Property_Count (RW_PropCountView)

Overview
This view gives the number of active properties that are linked to a specified account.

Data Mapping
Data Source Table Description How to Locate Field
Name (Data Origin of in DNA Application
Base Name) Data
Account Number AcctProp Unique DNA account 6045 – Account’s Properties
(AcctNbr) identifier – Account Number
Nbr of Properties N/A Derived count – Number of N/A
per Account Properties for account.
(Count)

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 23

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Card_Issue_View (CARDISSVIEW)

Overview
This view gives basic information on the Card Agreement Member and the Card Issue
information.

Data Mapping
Data Source Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field in
Name (Data Base DNA Application
Name)
Agreement Number CardMemberIssueOrder Unique number 6310 – Agreement
(AgreeNbr) assigned to each Member Maintenance –
card agreement. Agreement Number
Member Number CardMemberIssueOrder Unique number 6310 – Agreement
(MemberNbr) assigned to each Member Maintenance –
person on a card Member Number
agreement.
Issue Number CardMemberIssueOrder The most recent 6310 – Agreement
(IssueNbr) issue number on the Member Maintenance –
card agreement. Issue Number
Effective Date CardMemberIssueOrder Date of most recent 6312 – Member Status
(EffDate) issue. History – Effective Date
Reissue YN CardMemberIssueOrder Indicates if this issue N/A
(ReIssueYN) was an initial issue
or a reissue.
Sent Date CardMemberIssueOrder Date the Reissue N/A
(SentDate) was sent.
Pin Offset CardMember Calculated numeric N/A
(PinOffset) output used to
secure a pin.
Person Number Card Member Person Number of N/A
(PersNbr) customer/member
that issue is
referring to.
Data Source Name Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field in
(Data Base Name) DNA Application
Expiration Date CardMemberIssue Date the issue of the 6310 – Agreement
(ExpireDate) card expires. Member Maintenance –
Expire Date
Prefix (Prefix) CardAgreement Pre-define starting 6306 – Edit Agreement
number of all cards – Prefix
of this agreement
type.
Card Number CardAgreement Card Number 6306 – Edit Agreement
(CardNbr) assigned to the – Pan
customer/member.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 24

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Data Source Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field in

Name (Data Base DNA Application
Name)
Owner Person CardAgreement Person number of N/A – will display the
Number customer/member customer/member
(OwnerPersNbr) that owns the name in all dialogs.
agreement.
Owner CardAgreement Organization N/A – will display the
Organization number of the organization name in all
Number Organization that dialogs.
(OwnerOrgNbr) owns the
agreement.
Pan (PAN) CardAgreement/ Combines prefix and 6306 – Edit Agreement
CardAgreementTyp card number – Prefix/Pan
formatting using the
specified Pan
Length.
Primary Checking CardPers Used if no account 6307 – Edit Person
Number specified in Assignment – Primary
(PrimaryChecking) transaction. Checking
Primary Savings CardPers Used if no account 6307 – Edit Person
Number specified in Assignment – Primary
(PrimarySavings) transaction. Savings
Pan Length CardAgreementTyp Defined length of full 6302 – Edit Agreement
(PanLength) card number Type – PAN Length
including the prefix.

Card_Status_View (CARDSTATVIEW)

Overview
This view returns the current card status information for each member on a card
agreement.

Data Mapping
Data Source Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field in
Name (Data DNA Application
Base Name)
Card Agreement CardMemberIssueHist Unique number 6310 – Agreement
Number assigned to each Member Maintenance –
(AgreeNbr) card agreement. Agreement Number
Member Number CardMemberIssueHist Unique number 6310 – Agreement
(MemberNbr) assigned to each Member Maintenance –
person on a card Member Number
agreement.
Issue Number CardMemberIssueHist The most recent 6310 – Agreement
(IssueNbr) issue number on the Member Maintenance –
CardAgreement. Issue Number

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 25

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Data Source Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field in

Name (Data DNA Application
Base Name)
Effective Date CardMemberIssueHist The effective date 6312 – Member Status
Time and time of the most History – Effective Date
(EffDateTime) recent status change – displays in MM-DD-
for the member. YYYY format.
Card Status CardMemberIssueHist Status of N/A
Code CardMember for
(CardStatCd) selected history row.
Status Reason CardMemberIssueHist Free Form Reason 6312 – Member Status
(StatReason) for Status change of History – Reason
CardMember.
Prefix (Prefix) Card Agreement Pre-define starting 6306 – Edit Agreement
number of all cards of – Prefix
this agreement type.
Data Source Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field in
Name (Data DNA Application
Base Name)
Card Number CardAgreement Card Number that is 6306 – Edit Agreement
(CardNbr) assigned to the – Pan
customer/member.
Pan (PAN) CardAgreement/ Combines prefix and 6306 – Edit Agreement
CardAgreementTyp card number – Prefix/Pan
formatting using the
specified Pan Length.
Card Status CardStat Description of 6310 – Agreement
Description CardStatCd Member Maintenance –
(CardStatDesc) Current Status
Capture YN CardStat Defines if the current N/A
(CaptureYN) status should cause
the card to be
captured from the
customer with the
next transaction.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 26

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Delinquent_MView (RW_Delinquent_Mview)

Overview
This table is used to store delinquency information. The information in this table is only
updated by using a batch application to refresh the data. The individual data fields are
calculated using stored procedures.
The batch job required to maintain the information stored in this table was described in
the New Updating Reports section of this document.

Data Mapping
Data Source Table Description How to Locate Field in
Name (Data Base Origin of DNA Application
Name) Data
Account Number Acct Unique DNA account identifier 1 – Account – Account
(AcctNbr) Number
Delq Date Derived Calculated from 6034 – Amount Due
(DelqDate) RW_Pack_Utilities.RW_FN_DueD Inquiry - Due Date
ate
Months Past Due Derived Calculated from N/A
(MonthsPastDue) RW_Pack_Utilities.RW_FN_DueD
ate_Months
Total Amount Due Derived Calculated from 6034 – Amount Due
(AMTDUE) RW_Pack_Utilities.RW_FN_AmtD Inquiry – Total
ue

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 27

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Loan Disbursement Information (RW_LoanDisbInfo)

Overview
This view returns a table of disbursement transactions by employee role on a loan
account. The qualifying transaction codes are:
 CKUS – Over the Counter Check
 ONUS – Check Item Processing
 CWTH – Check
 PDSB – Principal Disbursement
Please note this does not include the initial disbursement for a loan.

Data Mapping
Data Source Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field in
Name (Data DNA Application
Base Name)
Account Acct Unique identifying 1 – Account – Account
Number number of the account Number
(AcctNbr)
Account Role AcctAcctRolePers Code that identifies the N/A – Will display the
Code type of role the person Account Role description
(AcctRoleCd) or organization holds in the dialogs
on an account
Person Number AcctAcctRolePers The unique number N/A – Will display the
(PersNbr) assigned to a person or Person’s Name in the
organization that holds dialogs
the role. For this table
the role must be
defined as an employee
roles
Loan Officer Pers Employee Name in 14 – Account Roles –
(Officer) Last, First format Person/Organization
Transaction Rtxn The code used to N/A – Will display the
Type Code represent a transaction transaction description in
(RtxnTypCd) the dialogs
Original Post Rtxn The system Post Date 2110 – Transaction
Date when the transaction History Query – Post
(OrigPostDate) was originally posted Date
Transaction Rtxn The absolute value of 2110 – Transaction
Amount the TranAmt History Query – Amount
(TranAmt)

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 28

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Loan_Ratechange_Info (RW_LnOffRateChg)

Overview
This view returns loan account rate change information for Note Balance. The initial rate
set on the loan account will not be returned. The information is by employee role.

Data Mapping
Data Source Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field in
Name (Data DNA Application
Base Name)
Account Acct Unique DNA account 6058 – Rate History –
Number identifier. Account Number
(AcctNbr)
Account Role AcctAcctRolePers Code that identifies the N/A – Will display the
Code type of role the person Account Role description in
(AcctRoleCd) or organization holds the dialogs
on an account.
Person Number AcctAcctRolePers The unique number N/A – Will display the
(PersNbr) assigned to a person or Person’s Name in the
organization that holds dialogs
the role. For this table
the role must be
defined as an employee
roles.
Loan Officer Pers Employee Name in 14 – Account Roles –
(Officer) Last, First format. Person/Organization
Interest Rate AcctRateHist Rate of interest being 6058 – Rate History – Rate
(IntRate) paid.
Effective Date AcctRateHist The date the interest 6058 – Rate History –
(EffDate) rate takes effect. Effective Date

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 29

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Member Information (RW_MemberInfo)

Overview
This view returns Member Information for Credit Unions.

Data Mapping
Data Source Name Table Origin of Data Description How to Locate Field
(Data Base Name) in DNA Application

Account Number Wh_AcctCommon Unique DNA 1 – Account -

(AcctNbr) account identifier. Account Number
Member Number MemberAgreement Unique DNA 200 – Edit Person –
(MemberAgreeNbr) identifier for each Member Number
Member.
Member SEG Code MemberAgreement Code representing N/A
(MemberGroupCd) the group that the
member used to
join Credit Union.
Member Group MemberGroup Description of the 149 – Edit Member –
Description group a member is Member Group
(MemberGroupDesc) part of.

Person Number MemberAgreement Unique number N/A

(PrimaryPersNbr) assigned to each
person.
Organization Number MemberAgreement Unique number N/A
(PrimaryOrgNbr) assigned to each
organization.
Share Account Number MemberAgreement The Share Account 149 – Edit Member –
(ShareAcctNbr) Number used to Share Account
establish and Number
maintain person as
a member of the
Credit Union.
PersonOrganization Derived in View Indicates if account N/A
Indicator (Pers_Org) is owned by a
Person or an
Organization.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 30

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Pers_View (PERSVIEW)

Overview
This view returns information from the Pers table. Several different variations of the
format of the name are provided to allow for sorting and printing of person information.

Data Mapping
Data Source Name Table Origin Description How to Locate Field in
(Data Base Name) of Data DNA Application
Person Number Pers Unique number 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(PersNbr) assigned to each Number
person created in the
database.
Person Number Alias Pers Not in use at this time. N/A
(AliasForPersNbr)
Spouse Person Pers Unique number N/A – Will display the
Number assigned to person spouse name in the dialog
(SpousePersNbr) linked as the spouse
relationship.
Residential Tax Pers Country of residence 200 – Add/Edit Person –
Country Code listed for person. Resident Tax Country
(ResTaxCtryCd)
Credit Rating Code Pers Credit rating assigned 203 – Marketing – Credit
(CrCd) to person. Rating
Salutation Code Pers Salutation prefix – Mr., 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(SaluCd) Rev., Dr., etc. Salutation
Last Name Pers Customer/Member last 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(LastName) name. Last
Last Name Soundex Pers Index used for phonetic N/A
(LastNameSndx) search.
First Name Pers Customer/Member first 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(FirstName) name. First
First Name Soundex Pers Index used for phonetic N/A
(FirstNameSndx) search
Middle Initial (MdlInit) Pers Customer/Member 200 – Add/Edit Person –
middle initia.l M.I.
Middle Name Pers Customer/Member 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(MdlName) middle name. Middle Name
Nick Name Pers Customer/Member 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(NickName) nickname. Nickname
Suffix (Suffix) Pers Suffix added to person 200 – Add/Edit Person –
name or title, i.e. PHD. Suffix
Tax Identification Pers Tax Identification 200 – Add/Edit Person –
Number (TaxId) Number. Tax Id

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 31

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Data Source Name Table Origin Description How to Locate Field in

(Data Base Name) of Data DNA Application
Person Add Date Pers Date customer/member 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(AddDate) was added to the Added
database.
Date of Birth Pers Customer/Member’s 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(DateBirth) date of birth. Birth Date
Date of Death Pers Customer/Member’s 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(DateDeath) data of death. Death Date
Tax Id Applied for Pers Date customer/member 200 – Add/Edit Person –
Date applied for tax Applied Date
(DateTaxIdApply) identification number.
Tax ID Certification Pers Date customer/member 200 – Add/Edit Person –
Date (DateTaxCert) certified their tax Certification Date
identification number.
Education Level Pers Displays highest level 203 – Marketing –
(EducLevCd) of education completed. Education
Income Level Pers Displays income level. 203 – Marketing – Income
(IncomeLevCd)
Marital Status Code Pers Marital Status N/A
(MartStatCd)
Number of Pers Displays number of 203 – Marketing –
Dependants dependents. Dependents
(NbrDepnd)
Occupation Code Pers Displays occupation. 203 – Marketing –
(OccptnCd) Occupation
Mail Code Pers Not in use N/A
(MailTypCd)
Own or Rent Pers No longer used N/A
(OwnRent)
Race (RaceCd) Pers No longer used N/A
Sex (SEX) Pers No longer used N/A
Customer Key Word Pers Used defined meaning 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(CustKeyWord) based on bank option found next to text label may
KEYW. vary by institution.
Valid YN (ValidYN) Pers Defines if the person 200 – Add/Edit Person –
record has passed the Validated
validation rules.
Title Code (TitleCd) Pers No longer used N/A
Date Last Pers Date of last update to N/A
Maintenance person record…
(DateLastMaint)
Foreign Certification Pers Date 200 – Add/Edit Person –
Expiration Date Customer\Member’s Foreign Certification
foreign certification will
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 32
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Data Source Name Table Origin Description How to Locate Field in

(Data Base Name) of Data DNA Application
(FrgnCertExpDate) expire Expiration Date
Last Name All CAPS Pers Last name in all upper 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(LastNameUpper) case Last
First Name All CAPS Pers First name in all upper 200 – Add/Edit Person –
(FirstNameUpper) case. First
Data Source Name Table Origin Description How to Locate Field in DNA
(Data Base Name) of Data Application
Full Name Derived Name in First M Last N/A
(FULLNAME) format.
Full Name – Last Derived Name in Last, First, M N/A
Name First format.
(LASTFULLNAME)
Sort Name Derived Name in Last, First, M N/A
(SORTNAME) format.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 33

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Transaction_Branch_Info (RW_TransBrnchLoc)

Overview
This view presents transaction activity, including a description of the branch location of
the transaction. This information is provided to assist in transaction analysis reporting.

Data Mapping
Data Source Name Table Origin of Description How to Locate Field in
(Data Base Name) Data DNA Application
Account Number Transaction Unique DNA account 2105 – Transaction Detail
(AcctNbr) identifier. – Account Number
Transaction Number Transaction Unique number 2105 – Transaction Detail
(RtxnNbr) assigned to each – Transaction Number
transaction.
Network Node Number Transaction Unique number N/A
(OrigNtwkNodeNbr) assigned to each
network node. This
node number is the
number assigned to
the workstation that
performed the
transaction.
Branch Number NtWkNode Organization number 2105 – Transaction Detail
(LocOrgNbr) that indicates where – Branch
the transaction was
performed.
Branch Name Org Branch location name 2105 – Transaction Detail
(OrgName) where transaction - Branch
was performed.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 34

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Transaction_View (RW_Transaction)

Overview
This view returns transaction activity for all accounts. There are no restrictions in the
view for the number of transactions to return. It will return every status that the
transactions have in their history.
Note: If the institution wants to create additional queries and reports using this view,
qualifications must be added to limit and control the number of rows to be returned.

Data Mapping
Data Source Name Table Origin Description How to Locate Field in
(Data Base Name) of Data DNA Application
Account Number RtxnStatHist Unique DNA account 2105 – Transaction Detail
(AcctNbr) identifier. – Account Number
Transaction Number Rtxn Unique number assigned 2105 – Transaction Detail
(RtxnNbr) to each transaction. – Transaction Number
Parent Account Rtxn Number of account that 2105 – Transaction Detail
Number originated the transaction. – Parent Account Number
(ParentAcctNbr)
Parent Transaction Rtxn Transaction number from 2105 – Transaction Detail
Number originating account. – Parent Transaction
(ParentRtxnNbr) Number
Queue Number Rtxn Unique number assigned 2105 – Transaction Detail
(QueNbr) to the batch queue that – Queue / Application /
originated the transaction. Queue Sub
Application Number Rtxn Application number 2105 – Transaction Detail
(ApplNbr) indicating the process – Queue / Application /
that originated the Queue Sub
transaction.
Retirement Category Rtxn The retirement 2105 – Transaction Detail
Code transaction category that – Rtmt Reason/Year
(RtmtTxnCatCd) is assigned to a
transaction.
Allotment Sub Rtxn The Subacct Number N/A
Account Number indicating the balance an
(AllotSubAcctNbr) allotment transaction was
processed against.
Allotment Number Rtxn The allotment number 2105 – Transaction Detail
(AllotNbr) that generated the – Allotment / Instance
transaction that was Number
processed.
Allotment Instance Rtxn The instance of an 2105 – Transaction Detail
Number allotment that generated – Allotment / Instance
(AllotInstanceNbr) a transaction. Seen Number
mostly with e-banking
transactions.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 35

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Data Source Name Table Origin Description How to Locate Field in

(Data Base Name) of Data DNA Application
Cash Box Number RtxnStatHist Cash box number 2105 – Transaction Detail
(CashBoxNbr) assigned to the – Cash Box Number
transaction that was
posted.
Transaction Type Rtxn The transaction code that N/A – Displays the
Code (RtxnTypCd) was used to process the Transaction Description
transaction.
Transaction Category RtxnTyp The general category that N/A
Code is used to define a set of
(RtxnTypCatCd) transaction codes.
External Transaction Rtxn The description that is 2105 – Transaction Detail
Description Number assigned to a transaction – Description
(ExtRtxnDescNbr) from an external source
for example an ACH or
ATM transaction.
Internal Description Rtxn The description that is 2105 – Transaction Detail
Number assigned to a transaction – Description
(IntrRtxnDescNbr) by a teller.
Card Number Rtxn This is the card number N/A
(InitialCardNbr) that initiated an online
ATM transaction.
Passbook Posted YN RtxnStatHist Indicates if a passbook 2105 – Transaction Detail
(PassbookPostYN) was updated with this – Passbook Posted
transaction posting.
Queue Sub Number Rtxn Number assigned to an 2105 – Transaction Detail
(QueSubNbr) application within the – Queue / Application /
batch queue that Queue Sub
originated the transaction
Retirement Rtxn The year the retirement 2105 – Transaction Detail
Transaction Year transaction was posted – Rtmt Reason/Year
(RtmtYr) for.
Note Number Rtxn Not in use N/A
(NoteNbr)
Hold Account Rtxn Account Number that was 2105 – Transaction Detail
Number used to hold funds for the – Hold Account Number
(HoldAcctNbr) transaction
Hold Sub Account Rtxn The balance category N/A
Number and type combination that
(HoldSubAcctNbr) the funds are held
against.
Check Number Rtxn Check number for 2105 – Transaction Detail
(CheckNbr) transaction. – Check Number
Trace Number Rtxn Unique number assigned 2105 – Transaction Detail
(TraceNbr) to the transaction. This – Trace Number
may be assigned from an

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 36

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Data Source Name Table Origin Description How to Locate Field in

(Data Base Name) of Data DNA Application
external source.
Actvity Date and RtxnStatHist The actual date and time 2105 – Transaction Detail
Time (ActDateTime) the transaction was – Activity Date and
processed against the Activity Time
system.
Effective Date RtxnStatHist The date the transaction 2105 – Transaction Detail
(EffDate) affects the balance of the – Effective Date
account.
Post Date (PostDate) RtxnStatHist The Post date active on 2105 – Transaction Detail
the system at the time the – Post Date
transaction was posted.
Controlled by bank option
code PDAT.
Teller Number RtxnStatHist The person that N/A – Displays the
(OrigPersNbr) completed the person name that
transaction. originated the transaction.
Approval Person RtxnStatHist The person that approved N/A – Displays the
Number the transaction if an person name that
(ApprPersNbr) override was required. approved the transaction
if required.
Net Work Node RtxnStatHist The network node where N/A – Displays the name
Number the transaction was of the network node
(OrigNtwkNodeNbr) performed.
Transaction Status RtxnStatHist The status of the 2105 – Transaction Detail
Code (RtxnStatCd) transaction. – Status Description
Unique Time RtxnStatHist Unique number assigned N/A
Extension every transaction based
(TimeUniqueExtn) on date and time.
Current Transaction Rtxn The status of the N/A
Status Code transaction after all
(CurrRtxnStatCd) activity has been
completed.
Amount (TranAmt) Rtxn The amount of the 2105 – Transaction Detail
transaction. – Amount
Original Post Date Rtxn The date the original N/A
(OrigPostDate) transaction was posted.
Differences will be seen
when Pay/No Pay
decisions are made the
following day.
Source Code Rtxn The code for what N/A – Displays the
(RtxnSourceCd) process originated the description of the
transaction, i.e. online, transaction source
batch, VRU.
Reason Code Rtxn Transaction reason N/A – Displays the
description of the reason
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 37
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Information Center Tables and Views

Data Source Name Table Origin Description How to Locate Field in

(Data Base Name) of Data DNA Application
(RtxnReasonCd) for the transaction.
Activity Hour Derived Hour of transaction stated 2105 – Transaction Detail
(ActvHour) in military time. – Hour portion only of
Activity Time

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 38

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Data Source Management
Overview
A Datasource is a view of a database that can be tailored to present data to users for
query functions. Datasources are used by Query Builder to create queries for reports. It
allows the institution to present information in a user-friendly format. A Datasource also
contains information that indicates the database that is being used. Literally, a
Datasource is a database configuration that points to your core database.
Note: A warning message displays whenever a user changes the datasource within an
existing query stating that if the tables/columns of the newly selected datasource do not
correspond with the tables/columns already defined in the query the integrity of the data
is compromised and the query may not work.

Datasource Configuration
The Datasource configuration file for DNAreport must be updated with the appropriate IP
Address of the Oracle database. The Datasource can point to a production or testing
database. This will be completed at the time of the installation with the assistance of
Open Solutions Professional Services.
The Datasource configuration file contains a database User ID and password. The
“Osibank” user is required for access to make the appropriate tables and views available
for use.
Note: Additionally, if a different or new Datasource exists it can be linked at the time the
query is being created or edited.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 39

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Accessing Datasources
Overview
Once the Datasources screen has been accessed, you can perform numerous functions
including:
 Creating and accessing folders
 Creating a new Datasource
 Define connection parameters to the database
 Export an existing Datasource
 View the owner of the Datasource or to change the owner of the Datasource.
 Delete or import a Datasource

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 40

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Accessing Datasources

Steps
Follow these steps to access the available Datasources.
1. From the My Page screen, click Data Source Manager under the DNAreport Admin
channel.
The DataSources screen displays.

Note: This screen provides a list of all Datasources used by your institution. The
Datasources displayed on this screen depend on what Datasources your
organization is using or has developed.

Available Functions
The following functions are available from the DataSources screen.
Function Description
Folders Available to hold other Datasources for organization.
New Create a new Datasource.
Data Source hyper link Displays the tables from the selected Datasource option. From this
screen you can view or edit, join, hide, and save any changes made
to a Datasource.
Connection Allows you to define connection parameters to the database.
Export Allows you to export an existing Datasource.
Owner View the owner of the Datasource or to change the owner of the
Datasource.
Delete Delete an existing Datasource.
Import Import a Datasource.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 41

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Working with Folders
Overview
Within Data Source Manager, you can save Datasources in specific folders to organize
them by function, branch, or by any other relevant subject. The Data Source Manager
always has a Top-Level folder. Within that folder, you can add several other sub-folders.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to create a new folder and organize a new Datasource.
1. Select Folder > New from the dropdown list next to the New button.
The Explorer User Prompt displays

2. Type the folder name in the text box.

3. Click OK.
The new folder displays in the Data Source listing. This folder is available to hold a
newly created or imported Datasource.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 42

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting Folders
Overview
Datasources can be deleted by deleting the folders associated with the datasource.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to delete folders.
1. Click the Trash Can icon next to the Datasource you want to delete.

A prompt displays confirming the deletion of the selected Datasource.

Note: Folders can only be deleted if the contents in the folders has been removed or
deleted. Otherwise you will receive an error message indicating the folder cannot be
removed.
2. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 43

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Datasource(s)
Overview
There are two ways to create a new Datasource:
 By entering all the settings yourself, thus creating a Base Datasource
 By using an existing Datasource as a model, thus creating a Derived
Datasource

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 44

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Base Datasource
Overview
Entering all connection settings from scratch results in a Base Datasource. The
DNAreport is already installed with a Base Datasource connection, referred to as the
RW_TCBS Datasource. This is the default Datasource used to create queries and
reports, but others can be created.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to create a Base Datasource.
1. On the My Page screen, select Data Source Manager under the DNAreport Admin
channel.
The DataSources screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 45

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Base Datasource

2. Click New.
The DataSources screen displays.

Note: This screen is used to establish the connection settings to the institution’s
database. cView cannot connect to the database without these settings.
3. To complete the fields on this screen.
a. In response to the question, W HAT IS THE NAME OF THE DATASOURCE? type the
name of the database source (it can be any alphanumeric characters to identify
the base database you are creating).
b. In response to the question, W HAT TYPE IS YOUR DATABASE SERVER? select the
data base server to be used from the dropdown list.
c. In response to the question, W HAT IS THE NETWORK ADDRESS OF YOUR DATABASE
SERVER? type the network address of your database server in the text box

d. In response to the question, ON WHAT PORT IS YOUR DATABASE SERVER

LISTENING? type the port on which your database server is listening in the text
box.
e. In response to the question, W HAT SID DO YOU WANT TO CONNECT TO? type the
SID in the text box.
f. In response to the question, W HAT IS YOUR ID? type your user ID in the text box.
This is the database server User ID (e.g. RW_TCBS database uses OSIBANK).

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 46

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Base Datasource

g. In response to the question, W HAT IS YOUR PASSWORD? type your password in

the text box.
h. Click the Yes or No radio button in response to the question, SHOULD ALL USER-
READABLE DATABASE TABLES BE SHOWN?

This is the server password to connect to the database.

Note: An example of the connections settings that make up a Datasource
include:
 IP address such as 175.25.20.4
 URL such as www.opensolutions.com
 A common default for the Oracle Port is 1521
 A common default port for DB2 is 6789
4. Click Save.
The program attempts to make the connection to the database, based on the
information provided. A message displays indicating whether the Datasource
connected properly or not.
 If the connection worked, click Close to remove the message.
 If the connection did not work, correct your settings and click Save.
5. Click OK to confirm.
The newly created Datasource is included in the Data Source list.

Note: The icon for a Base Datasource differs from the icon for a Derived
Datasource.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 47

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Derived Datasource
Overview
Derived Datasources are created using an existing Datasource as the model for the new
Datasource; that is, the new Datasource is derived from an existing Datasource.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to create a derived Datasource.
1. Select Data Source Manager under the DNAreport Admin channel.
The DataSources screen displays.

2. Select Derived DataSource from the dropdown list.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 48

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Derived Datasource

3. Click New to request the DataSources screen.

4. Complete the fields on the DataSources screen.

a. In response to the question, W HAT IS THE NAME OF THE DATASOURCE? type the
name of the new Datasource
b. In response to the question, W HAT DATASOURCE DO YOU WANT TO USE TO DERIVE
THE NEW DATASOURCE?

 Enter the name of the existing Datasource, or

 Click Choose to locate the Datasource to be used.
The Open Object screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 49

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Derived Datasource

5. Select the Name of the Datasource you want to use to create your new Datasource.
The name displays in the SELECTION field.
 Click OK.
The DataSource screen displays. All information from the derived Datasource is
copied into the new Datasource, except for the password.
6. Make any changes, if needed, to the Datasource connection settings.
7. Type the password that you use for your database server of the derived Datasource
database.
8. Click the Yes or No radio button in response to the question, SHOULD ALL USER-
READABLE DATABASE TABLES BE SHOWN?

9. Click Save.
The program attempts to connect to the database, based on the information
provided. A message displays indicating whether or not the Datasource connected
properly.
 If the connection worked, click Close to remove the message.
 If the connection did not work, correct the settings and select Save.
10. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 50

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Datasource Connections
Overview
The Datasource connections are the settings that enable cView to work with your
database server. For example, your network address and port number are important
settings that enable cView to connect with the database server.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to edit Datasource connection information.
1. On the My Page screen, select Data Source Manager under the DNAreport Admin
channel.
The DataSources screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 51

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Datasource Connections

2. Click the Connection icon in the appropriate DataSource row.

The DataSources screen displays.

3. Make any necessary changes to the connection information and click Save.
The program attempts to make the connection to the database, based on the
information provided. A message displays indicating whether the Data Source
connected properly or not.
 If the connection worked, click Close to remove the message.
 If the connection did not work, correct the settings and select Save.
4. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 52

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Exporting a Data Source File
Overview
Data Source files are configuration files created by the program and stored in the XML
format in the OSI Datasources table of your database schema. You can export these
Data Source configuration files to save them for archive purposes or for future use.
Additionally, you can rename exported Data Source files and import them back under a
new name to revise them for other purposes.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to export a Data Source file.
1. On the My Page screen, select Data Source Manager under the DNAreport Admin
channel.
The DataSources screen displays.

2. Click the Export icon in the applicable DataSource row to be exported.

The File Download box displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 53

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Exporting a Data Source File

3. Click Save.
The Save As box displays.
4. Specify the file name and path of the DataSource file and click OK.
The system saves the DataSource file in the specified location. When a DataSource
file is exported, the original Datasource remains available. If you want to keep the
existing Datasource you can rename the file or create a new folder for it before you
import it and then edit the newly named Datasource.
Note: If the old Datasource is no longer wanted or you want to remove it, follow the
procedure to delete an existing Datasource.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 54

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Importing a Datasource File
Overview
You can import existing datasource files to help you create new ones, or streamline the
datasource process.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to import a Datasource File.
1. On the My Page screen, select Data Source Manager under the DNAreport Admin
channel.
The DataSources screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 55

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Importing a Datasource File

2. Click Import.
The Import Data Source screen displays.

3. In response to the prompt, ENTER THE PATH AND NAME OF THE DATASOURCE TO BE
IMPORTED,

a. Type the path and file name of your Datasource.

b. Or, click Browse to search for the location in which you saved your DataSource.
Note: Exported Datasources have the file extension “.datasource.”
4. Click Accept.
The Import Data Source screen displays.

The existing DataSource File name displays at the top of the screen.
5. In response to the prompt, ENTER THE NAME FOR THE NEW DATASOURCE, OR CLICK
CHOOSE TO REPLACE AN EXISTING DATASOURCE WITH THE ONE TO BE IMPORTED,
a. Type the name of the new DataSource.
b. Or to replace an existing DataSource with the one to be imported, click Choose.
6. In response to the prompt, ENTER PASSWORD FOR DATASOURCE, type the password
for the Datasource.
7. In response to the prompt, CONFIRM PASSWORD, retype the password to confirm it is
correct. This is required each time, for security purposes.
8. Click Accept.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 56

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Datasource Tables
Overview
Datasource tables can be edited to tailor them to your institution’s specific needs, or to
make accessing them more efficient for the users. When you edit Datasource tables, you
can:
 Change table names
 Show or hide tables for queries
 Change the connections(joins) between tables
 Change the columns that appear in the table by:
 Adding the columns with typed in values to a table
 Adding the columns with computed values to a table
 Adding the columns with functions to a table
Note: The source database is not affected by the changes you make to your Datasource
tables. However, it can affect the base reports if you change the table names.

Datasource Model
The Datasource Model is a visual diagram of the selected Datasource tables. You can
also verify how the tables are joined and the names of each table. From this screen you
can also perform the following functions:
 Edit Datasource tables
 Edit or create joins
 Show or hide tables
Note: The RW_TCBS Datasource for DNAreport must not have its table names
changed, as it will render the standard reports from functioning.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 57

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Datasource Tables

Steps
Follow these steps to locate or view DataSource tables and columns within a
Datasource.
1. On the My Page screen, select Data Source Manager under the DNAreport Admin
channel.
The DataSources screen displays.

2. Select the DataSource name to view the tables and columns within that Datasource.
The Show/Hide Tables screen displays.

Note: The sample Show/Hide Tables screen shown above is a diagram of the
RW_TCBS Datasource.
Refer to “Information Center Tables and Views” for a complete list and description of
the tables and views used by DNAreport.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 58

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing the Table Name
Overview
The name you enter for the Datasource does not affect the source database, however, it
may affect any existing base source reports if the table name has changed.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 59

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing the Table Name

Steps
Follow these steps to change or edit the table name.
1. Click the hyperlinked name of the table that you want to edit.
The Edit Table screen displays.

The table from the source database that this table represents displays at the top of
the screen.
2. Modify the fields on this screen as needed:
a. In response to the question, W HAT NAME DO YOU WANT TO USE WHEN DISPLAYING
THIS TABLE?, highlight the current Datasource table name that displays in this
field and then type the new table name.
The name entered for the Datasource does not affect the source database,
however, it may affect any existing base source reports if the table name has
changed.
b. In response to the question, DO YOU WANT THIS TABLE DISPLAYED IN THE LIST OF
TABLES? click the Yes or No radio button.

c. In response to the question, W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT FOR THIS TABLE? select
one or more columns from the list.
d. In response to the question, W HICH TABLES ARE JOINED TO THIS TABLE? click Add
to add a new column join definition for the selected table.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 60

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing the Table Name

3. To show or hide the table, click the appropriate radio button.

The table can be hidden at the query level if need be. If the table is hidden at this
level it will not be available to select when building a query.
4. If this is the only change, click OK to make the change.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 61

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Columns
Overview
You can add or edit columns. Depending on the column type, you can:
 Add a database column
 Add a typed in Value
 Create a Computed Column Value

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to add or edit columns.
1. On the My Page screen:
a. Select Data Source Manager under the DNAreport Admin channel.
b. Click the name of the Datasource to be maintained.
2. Follow the procedure below to Add Columns, indicating that you want to either hide
or show the column.
The Show/Hide Tables screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 62

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Columns

3. Click the hyperlinked table name to add or edit columns(s).

The Edit Table screen displays.

4. Click Add to add the new column.

The Edit Column screen displays.

5. Complete the fields on the Edit Column screen:

a. In response to the question, W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS COLUMN? type the
name you want as for this column.
b. In response to the question W HAT IS THE DESCRIPTION OF THIS COLUMN? type a
brief description that outlines the purpose for the column and what it contains.
c. In response to the question, W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? click the applicable
radio button to indicate if the column is a database column, typed-in value,
computed or function.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 63

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Columns

6. Depending on the column type, do one of the following:

To… Go to…
Add a database column Step 7
Add a type in Value Step 8
Create a Computed Column Value Step 9

7. To add a database column,

a. Verify that “Database Column” is the selected column type.
b. In response to the question, W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT A COLUMN FROM? select
the table that contain the column to be added.
When you select a table, the column options change to match the table selected.
c. In response to the question, W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? select the column you
want from the dropdown list.
Note: If you check Select from RDBMS column names, the system lists the
column names as they appear in the original database.
d. In response to the question, HOW WILL THIS COLUMN BE FORMATTED? select a
column format from the dropdown list.
e. Click OK to add this column to the table.
8. To add a typed in value,
a. Verify that Typed-in Value is the selected column type.
The options on the screen change to reflect your selection.

b. In response to the question, W HAT VALUE DO YOU WANT? type the value you want
to appear in the column in the text box.
c. In response to the question, HOW WILL THIS COLUMN BE FORMATTED? specify a
format for the column; click Edit to change the format if needed.
d. Click OK to add this column to the table.
9. To create a Computed Column Value,
a. Verify that Computed is the selected column type.
The options on the screen change to reflect your selection.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 64

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Columns

b. Click Choose to select the table and column you want to use for the
mathematical equation.

c. Select the button corresponding to the operation you want to perform.

The Edit Column screen displays.

d. Select what the next database column or typed in value you will be using for your
mathematical equation
e. In response to the question, HOW WILL THIS COLUMN BE FORMATTED? specify a
format for the column; click Edit to change the format if needed.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 65

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Columns
Overview
You may also edit any column in a table using Datasource Manager. The example in this
section describes how to select a date column in a table and then add a time interval to
the column, or subtract either a time interval or a date to create a computed date
column.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Steps
Follow these steps to edit a date column in a table using Datasource Manager.
1. On the My Page screen, choose Datasource Manager under the DNAreport Admin
channel.
The DataSources screen displays.
2. On the DataSources screen, click the name of the appropriate datasource in the
DATASOURCE field.
The Show/Hide Tables screen displays.
3. On the Show/Hide Tables screen, click the name of the appropriate table in the
TABLE field.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 66

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Columns

The Edit Table screen appears (the top section of this screen is shown below).

4. To begin the process to edit a date column,

a. Click the name of the column in the W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT FOR THIS
TABLE? Field.

b. Click Edit.
The Edit Column screen displays.

5. To create a computed column from the selected date column, click the Computed
button in the W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? field.
The Edit Column screen is refreshed to allow the user to create the computed
column.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 67

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Columns

6. Do one of the following:

To…. Go to…
Add a time interval to the date column Step 7
Subtract a time interval or date from the date column Step 8

7. To add a time interval to the date column, click the plus + button in the section of the
Edit Column screen used to create a computed column.
The following Edit Column screen displays.

A time interval may be added to the date column to create a computed column as
follows
a. Select the correct type of time interval in the W HAT TYPE OF INTERVAL IS THIS?
field.
b. In the W HAT VALUE DO YOU WANT? field, enter the value that should be added to
the date using the selected time interval. For example, if Hours is selected for the
time interval, 4 may be entered here to add four (4) hours to the date.
c. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 68

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Columns

8. To subtract a time interval or a date from the date column, click the minus − button in
the section of the Edit Column screen used to create a computed column.
The following Edit Column screen displays.

To subtract a date from selected date column,

a. Use the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT A COLUMN FROM? field to select the table
where the column with the correct date is located.
b. In the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? field, click the Select from RDMBS column
names box to check this box if appropriate, then choose the column containing
the date that should be subtracted from the selected date column.
c. Click OK.
To subtract a time interval from the date column,
d. Select the Elapsed Time button in the W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? field.
e. An Edit Column screen similar to the screen in Step 8 appears that may be used
to enter the correct time interval as described in Step 8.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 69

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Columns

The Edit Column screen appears with the new computed column.

This sample illustrates an Edit Column screen after the user requests the system
to add a time interval of six (6) hours to the Date Created column and then
subtract the date in the Date Started column to create a new computed Date
Created column.
f. Click OK to accept the new computed column.
The Edit Table screen displays.
9. Click OK.
The Show/Hide Tables screen displays.
10. Click Save.
11. To return to the My Page screen, click My Vision.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 70

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Display Deleted Columns in Data Source Manager
Overview
In order for a deleted column to be retrieved, the user must check the SELECT FROM
RDBMS COLUMN NAMES checkbox on the Edit Column screen in order for all columns to
display in the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? dropdown list.

Steps
Follow these steps to ensure that deleted columns are displayed in the W HAT COLUMN DO
YOU WANT? dropdown list from the Data Source Manager / Edit Column screen.

1. On the My Home page, select Data Source Manager.

The Data Sources screen displays.
2. Click the DATASOURCE to add the column to.
The Show / Hide Tables screen displays.
3. Click the table to add the column to.
The Edit Table screen idisplays.
4. Click Add to add the column.
The Edit Column screen displays.
5. Select the SELECT FROM RDBMS COLUMN NAMES checkbox.
6. Select the deleted column from the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? dropdown list.
7. Click OK.
The Edit Table screen displays.
8. Click OK.
The Show/Hide Tables screen displays.
9. Click Save.
The Save dialog box displays.
10. Click Save to save the Data Source.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 71

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Builder and Report Manager
Overview
The Query Builder and Report Manager components are used to view database
information, create queries, view and format reports, and save or publish reports to the
portal.
This section covers the following topics:
 Using Query Builder to Create Reports
 About the Queries Screen
 About the Create Query Screen
 Visual Profiling
 Creating a Visual Profile Query
 About the Reports Screen
 Immediate Report Publishing in Report Manager
 Adding Reports to a Channel
 Standard Reports Folder

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 72

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Builder and Report Manager

Using Query Builder to Create Reports

When a user opens Query Builder, the Queries screen displays

This screen lists all saved queries and folders. For more information, see “About the
Queries Screen”.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 73

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Builder and Report Manager

The New button is selected to create a new query, super query, or Profile Query.
The Create Query screen displays.

This is the main screen used to create queries, qualify the customers or accounts to
search for, choose columns to display, search the database, and view search results.
This screen is also used to create computed columns, apply functions, and change a
column’s display format.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 74

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Builder and Report Manager

Queries are brought into Report Manager from the Queries screen by clicking the
Report icon next to the query to be changed into a report. The query is submitted, and
then opens Report Manager to show the results in its View Report screen.

When a report is opened in Report Manager, the user can:

 Change its screen setup and columns
 Add calculations and groupings
 Link it to another report
 Add the report to a channel in the portal
The report can be viewed immediately as a web page or a PDF file, allowing the
evaluation of the changes made from within Report Manager.
Note: See the “Working with Report Manager” section for more information on creating
and formatting a report.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 75

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
About the Queries Screen
After you open the Query Builder, the Queries screen lists all previously created queries,
super queries, and folders as illustrated. Folders are displayed first, and then queries are
listed in alphabetical order. If you just created a query or a super query, you may need to
scroll to the bottom of the screen to see it.

The following buttons and columns display on the Queries screen:

Top Level folders, etc. - Used to organize related queries or house additional folders.
You can click a folder to display its contents.
New - Choose Folder, Standard Query, Super Query, or Profile Query from the
dropdown list and then click New to create a folder, standard query, a super query, or a
profile query. If you choose Standard Query, Super Query or Profile Query, the Create
Query screen displays. New queries and folders are stored in the folder that is currently
clicked open. If you choose Folder, you are prompted to enter the name of the folder.
Open folder - Click a folder name or its icon to display its contents, which can include
both queries and other folders. Note that you see folders created by other users (not just
your own).
Query - Click a query name or its icon to make changes to a query using the Create
Query screen. Note that you see queries created by other users (not just your own).

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 76

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Builder and Report Manager

Import - Enables you to import standard queries, super queries or query folders that
were exported from DNAreport. For more information, see "Importing an exported
standard query or super query" and "Importing a query folder or selected queries in an
exported folder"
Delete - Permanently removes the selected query or folder. If a folder contains queries,
you need to delete those queries before you can delete the folder. See "Deleting
standard queries, super queries, and folders.”
Report - Submits the query and displays the View Results screen in the Report
Manager, which enables you to see a formatted report of the query results. From there
you can change settings for the published report. Refer to the “Working with Report
Manager” section.
Export - Enables you to export a query to a location outside of DNAreport for reuse by
importing it at some other time or for another user. For more information, see “Importing
and exporting reports from Report Manager”.
Owner - Shows who created the query. The owner is the only person who is able to
make changes to the query.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 77

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Regenerating a Report with Charts
Overview
When regenerating a report with charts, the system determines if any query changes
affected the ability to display the chart.
If any charts are affected by a query change, a status of incomplete displays on the
Report Manager / View Reports screen in the Charts slideout and on the Report
Manager / Charts screen in the Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid. If the chart
displays in a chart channel, it now shows an incomplete message in the channel instead
of the chart.
If you decide to regenerate the report, all previously defined formats are reset to the
system defaults, but all associated charts are retained.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Navigation
Query Builder > Queries

Steps
Follow the steps below to regenerate a report after changes are made.
1. On the Query Builder / Queries screen,

a. Select the Report icon in the Report column of the report you want to regenerate.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 78

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Regenerating a Report with Charts

If the Report icon selected is associated with a query that already has a report setup,
the following message displays.

:
If the report does not exist, the system automatically begins regenerating the new
report.
When the report is finished generating, the Report Manager / View Report screen
displays. You need to edit any charts that are incomplete.
2. To return to the My Vision My Page screen, click DNApublisher.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 79

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
About the Create Query Screen
The Create Query screen displays when you create a new query or edit a query from the
Queries screen.

Tasks
The following is a list of tasks you can perform and the buttons you can use on this
screen:
Naming a query − To name the current query, type a name in the first field on the
Create Query screen. DNAreport stores the query in the folder that was open on the
Queries screen, unless you click Choose and choose a different folder. Folders are
separated by a forward slash (/).
A copy of the selected query can be made by changing its name in this field. When the
user clicks OK to close the query, a message displays, asking if the original query
should be replaced using the new name or if a new query should be created using the
settings from the original query.
Adding, editing, or deleting columns − Selected columns can be customized in the
query to view results or for sorting in the query.
 Click Add to add a new column. You can also sort and reorder the columns.
 You can edit individual columns by clicking on the column name hyperlink.
 When you edit, you can apply functions, create a computed column, replace
the column’s value, or conditionally replace the column’s value. You can
determine whether a column will appear in a report, or just be used for sorting
purposes.
 Select a column in the table and click Delete to remove it from the query.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 80
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
About the Create Query Screen

 Place a checkmark in the small box next to the Table column header to select
all of the columns or remove the checkmark to clear all the column selections.
 Eliminating duplicate rows − Use the “Do you want to eliminate duplicate rows
from the results?” option to specify whether or not you want to include rows that
are exact duplicates in the query results
Qualifying queries − Query results can be refined by qualifying the query. For example,
rather than displaying records for all customers listed in a database, a user may want the
query to display only the names of customers who have mortgage loans through the
institution. This is done by setting up one or more qualifiers. Refer to “Qualifying” for
more information.
Advanced users − For advanced users, another DataSource can be set up and then
the data source is chosen to select a custom DataSource. Advanced users can also click
Edit Joins to define or change how tables in the query are linked. Table links are
already set up in the Standard DataSource, although occasionally table joins will need to
be edited. Refer to “About the standard DataSource” and the View Model screen for
information on how tables are linked. Refer to “Changing table joins” for a query if you
need to set up your own links between tables. You can also click View SQL to display
the SQL statements that Query Builder generates when you create a query.
View Results − Generates a preliminary report based on the current query settings. This
enables users to test settings and make changes to them before publishing the report in
Report Manager. When View Results is selected, a separate browser window displays
with results shown in each column that was selected to be displayed. At the top of the
screen, Report Manager displays the total number of matches found. If the query results
cover multiple pages, Report Manager displays the first page and provides Next and
Previous pushbuttons for moving between pages. Refer to "Run and View the Query.”
Save − Saves the query and any changes you have made.
Close − Cancels the creation of a new query or cancels any changes you have made to
an existing query. The Create Query screen closes, and the Queries screen appears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 81

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Visual Profiling
The Visual Profiling function takes queries developed in cView or unrelated comma-
separated value (.CSV) files and interfaces with Microsoft’s MapPoint 2010 to develop
an HTML visual profile map of the geographic data. MapPoint 2010 combines mapping
and analysis tools to help cView users make better business decisions. MapPoint 2010
is an application that has proven itself invaluable in examining data trends related to
location, enabling users to boost their marketing returns.
The only data needed is a ZIP code or street address, city, and state provided through
the cView interface from the source database. MapPoint 2010 can use latitude and
longitude, but street names, city, and ZIP codes are more effective to use for accurate
mapping.
MapPoint 2010 is a Microsoft product, so a Windows server with MapPoint 2010
installed is required. If users do not run cView on a Windows server, they can export the
query to an individual computer with a Windows operating system that has MapPoint
2010 installed.
Note: Users need a MapPoint 2010 local license for a user desktop to manipulate the
map configurations or to perform analysis. cView provides the mechanism to generate
and publish visual profiles. MapPoint 2010 provides the environment for sophisticated
desktop mapping.
Profile Query appears with Folder, Standard Query, and Super Query in the dropdown
list on the Queries screen as illustrated.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 82

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Visual Profile Query
Overview
The Visual Profiling function takes queries developed in cView or unrelated comma-
separated value (.CSV) files and interfaces with Microsoft’s MapPoint 2010 to develop
an HTML visual profile map of the geographic data.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 83

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Visual Profile Query

Steps
Follow these steps to create a Visual Profile query.
1. Select Query Builder from the My Page screen.
2. When the Queries screen displays, listing of all queries that were created:
a. Select Profile Query from the dropdown list of types of queries.
b. Select New.
The Visual Profile screen displays.

3. In response to the question, W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS PROFILE QUERY? enter
a name for the Visual Profile query.
4. In response to the question, W HAT DATASETS DO YOU WANT IN THIS PROFILE?
a. Click Add to request the Open Object dialog box.

b. Select an existing standard query.

c. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 84

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Visual Profile Query

This will populate fields with the standard query created with ZIP code, street
address, city, and state.
The Visual Profile screen displays again.

The selected query displays in the Datasets column. A dataset is a query layer
imposed on a map. If the profile query includes more than one Dataset, the
pushpins for each dataset will appear as different colors on the map. Also, when
importing datasets, MapPoint will only match the first 10,000 addresses during
batch processing if the user is using street address matching.
The remaining unmatched addresses are still in the dataset, so manual matching
with a downloaded MapPoint project file can be performed. There is no limitation
if other means of matching (for example, ZIP code) are used.
5. Click Save followed by Close.
cView adds the Profile Query to the list on the Queries screen along with any
folders, standard queries, profile queries, or super queries already developed.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 85

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Visual Profile Query

6. From the Queries screen,

a. Click the Report icon next to the Profile Query.
Note: The Profile query is distinguished by a small P in the lower left corner in
the box next to the query name.
The General screen displays.

b. Click Save followed by Close.

The Queries screen displays again.
c. To return to the My Page screen, select the DNApublisher icon.
From this point, the profile query must be published as a report before a visual
profile map can be produced.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 86

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Visual Profile Queries MapPoint 2010
Overview
Microsoft MapPoint 2010 allows institutions to map records from cView by address, zip
code, and / or latitude / longitude through the use of a Visual Profile Query.
cView MapPoint allows you to plot records on a map for further analysis. MapPoint 2010
removes restrictions on the number of records that can be mapped by address or zip
code. Previously, the functionality limited single imports to a maximum of 10,000
records. Now, larger datasets can be imported.

Exclusion
Currently, cView only supports mapping in the United States.

Two pass approach

This process uses a two pass approach when mapping records.
Note: For the first pass only records (pushpins on the map) from the dataset that were
matched on address during the mapping process display. Refer to the “Create a Visual
Profile Query” section.
During the second pass all records that were not matched by address during the first
pass are resubmitted for mapping using only the ZIP code. The second pass is optional.
To use the second pass option you must select the ZIP CODE MAPPING checkbox as part
of the Profile Query definition on the Query Builder / Visual Profile screen. By default this
option is set as unchecked.
If the option is not checked the process ends after the first pass (match by address only)
is complete. With the option checked the process maps as many records as possible
with address and then goes back and maps by ZIP code for those records that failed to
map by address.
When mapping by ZIP code only the 5 digit ZIP code is used. The user can pass Zip5 or
Zip9 data to the process, but mapping only occurs at the Zip5 level. Pushpins are placed
in the geographic center of the ZIP code. If the user chooses a data set with only the ZIP
code present the ZIP CODE MAPPING checkbox must be checked in order for the records
to be mapped in MapPoint.
For MapPoint to map records by address MapPoint attempts to identify the address
components on the data being passed to it. cView uses MapPoint’s field identification
process to isolate the ZIP CODE field. This, in addition to capturing the records that did
not match by address, is required to facilitate the ZIP only second pass. Records
mapped as part of the ZIP code second pass will have the same MapPoint pushpin as
the records mapped by address in the same dataset.
When viewing the published report using the ZIP CODE MAPPING option each dataset
used in the profile query has a second pushpin that indicates it is the mapped by ZIP
group. This is noted by “ByZip” in the label.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 87

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Visual Profile Queries MapPoint 2010

What You Should Do

To use this functionality, the institution must:
 Acquire server and client licenses for Microsoft MapPoint 2010.

In This Section
The following topic is included in this section:
 Publishing a MapPoint Map in cView

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 88

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publishing a MapPoint Map in cView
Overview
To publish records on a MapPoint map within cView the Visual Profile Query feature is
used. To identify the records to be mapped a query in Query Builder can be created
and/or an external file can be imported into cView. In either case the data to be mapped
needs to include ST ADDRESS, CITY, STATE, ZIP or LATITUDE and LONGITUDE data. Within
the Visual Profile Query these queries or external files are used as the datasets to be
mapped. With the datasets identified a report is created based on the Visual Profile
Query. The publishing process is then used to plot the records on a map and create the
MapPoint report in the defined DNApublisher channel.
The report gives you an overview of where the records included in the datasets are
located on a map. Within the report the "Click here to open a copy of the map in
Microsoft MapPoint" hyperlink launches MapPoint and allows you to interact with the
mapped records and conduct further analysis.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder

Steps
Follow these steps to create a MapPoint map in cView.
Note: These steps are also located in the “Create a Visual Profile Query” section in the
DNAreport Manual.
1. In cView use Query Builder to create a query that includes, at minimum, the following
fields*: ST ADDRESS, ADDRESS SUPPLEMENT (optional), CITY, STATE, ZIP PLUS 4
(optional) or LATTITUDE and LONGITUDE.
Note: * Not including these fields can return unexpected results, incorrect mapping
of records, and performance problems.
2. In addition to a query an external file with address information can be used for
mapping. Click DNApublisher > Customize > File Library.
The Portal File Library screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 89

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publishing a MapPoint Map in cView

a. Click Browse to identify the file.

b. Click Uploaded to upload the file into the file Library.
Note: The file being uploaded needs to include a header row and these fields: ST
ADDRESS, ADDRESS SUPPLEMENT (optional), CITY, STATE, and ZIP PLUS 4
(optional) or LONGITUDE and LATITUDE. Only comma separated delimited files can
be used.
Note: * Not including a header row or the listed fields could result in unexpected
and/or incorrect mapping of records.
3. To create a Profile Query,
a. Select Query Builder from the My Page screen.
The Queries screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 90

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publishing a MapPoint Map in cView

b. Select Profile Query from the dropdown list of types of queries.

c. Click New.
The Visual Profile screen displays.

4. Enter the name of the Profile Query in the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS PROFILE
QUERY? field.

a. Click Add to indicate the Dataset to be used.

The Open Object screen displays.

b. Do one of the following:

To… Go To…
Use a query result as the dataset Step 5
Use data from an external file Step 6

5. To use a query result as the dataset,

a. Select the Queries from the OPTION TYPE dropdown list.
 Queries = use a query result as the dataset.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 91

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publishing a MapPoint Map in cView

 File Library = use data from a file uploaded in the File Library.
b. Select the query from the list and click OK.
c. Go to Step 6 if adding an external file to the dataset or go to Step 4.
Note: Multiple queries can be added to the dataset
6. To use data from an external file,
a. Select File Library from the OPTION TYPE dropdown list on the Open Object
screen.
b. Select the file from the list and click OK.
c. Go to Step 7.
Note: Multiple files can be added to the dataset. You can use both queries and
external files in the same profile query.
7. (OPTIONAL) If the mapping by Zip Code second pass is desired, check the ZIP
CODE MAPPING checkbox.
8. Select Save, click OK and select Close.
The Queries screen displays with the saved query.

9. Click the Report icon.

The Report/Manager / General screen displays.

10. Enter a report description and set the W ILL THIS REPORT BE RUN BY THE UPDATE
MANAGER? option to Yes.
11. Select Save, click OK and select Close.
12. Click Report Manager and then the Add to Channel icon for the appropriate report.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 92

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publishing a MapPoint Map in cView

The Add To Channel screen displays.

13. In the W HICH WORKGROUP CONTAINS THE CHANNEL? dropdown, select the appropriate
workgroup for the channel that will be used to display the report.
14. In the W HICH CHANNEL DO YOU WANT TO ADD THE DOCUMENT TO? dropdown, select the
channel where the report will be displayed.
15. In the DO YOU WANT THIS DOCUMENT TO OPEN IN A NEW BROWSER WINDOW? field,
select Yes and click Accept.
16. Click Publish.
17. Select the report name and click Run.
18. On the DNApublisher My Page screen, go to the channel that the report was
published to view.
19. Click the hyperlink in the Report.
The map in the Microsoft MapPoint displays with the pushpins for the query results.
If you have MapPoint installed on your local computer you can click the “Click here to
open a copy of the map in Microsoft MapPoint” hyperlink in the report to open
MapPoint with the mapped data for further analysis.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 93

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
About the Reports Screen
After you open the Report Manager module, the Reports screen lists reports created in
Query Builder or Segment Manager that were brought into the Report Manager, folders,
and visual profile queries created using the Visual Profiling function. Folders are
displayed first; and then reports and visual profile queries are listed in alphabetical order.
If you just opened a query, super query, or visual profile, you may need to scroll to the
bottom of the screen to see it.

The Reports screen displays these columns and buttons:

Folders − Displays the folders that are currently open. You can click a folder to display
its contents. All the standard reports available to both DNAreport and DNAmarket users
are listed in the Standard Reports folder. For an overview of these reports, see the
DNAreport manual.
New Folder − Click this button to create a folder within the folder that is currently open.
You are prompted to enter a name for the folder.
Open folder − Click a folder name or its icon to display its contents, which can include
both reports and other folders. Note that you see folders created by all users (not just
your own).
Report − Click a report name or its icon to change a report’s settings, such as the
margins and column names, or to add or re-order columns. Note that you see reports
created by all users (not just your own).
Publish − Is active only when the user views a list of reports on the Reports screen that
contains at least one report enabled for publishing by the Update Manager. Upon
clicking Publish, a new page displays, listing all the reports available for immediate
publishing. The user can select one or more reports for immediate publishing on this
page and click OK to proceed with publishing. After the report is published, the user can
make the report available to other users by adding it to a portal channel. In addition, the
user can preview the statistic report by clicking on the report name.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 94

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
About the Reports Screen

Import − Enables you to import a report that has been exported from DNAreport. For
more information, see “Importing and exporting reports from Report Manager”.
Delete − Clicking this button permanently removes the selected report or folder. If a
folder contains reports, you need to delete those reports before you can delete the
folder.
Add To Channel − Enables you to publish the report to a portal channel using the Add
to Channel screen (the reports may then be displayed on the My Page screen).
Export − Enables you to export a report so that it can be imported on another computer.
For more information, see “Importing and exporting reports from Report Manager”.
Owner − Enables you or the administrator-level users to establish permissions for the
files that you own. Refer to Portal Help for more information about permissions.
Note: If the owner name appears as a hyperlink, you can click the owner name to go to
the Permissions screen for the associated object (report, folder, or query). Refer to
Portal Help to learn more about permissions and DNAreport security.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 95

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Immediate Report Publishing in Report Manager
Overview
The Publish button on the Reports screen enables users to immediately publish
selected reports. This option is used when changes are made to an existing query such
as adding column(s) and/or qualifiers. If a column is added to an existing query, the
column must be added to the report before publishing.
The Publish Reports option is available in Report Manager for all users. When the
Publish option is selected, the following three files are created and stored on the cView
server: PDF, HTML and CSV. The filenames for these three files are based on the report
name. However, if the user changed the report title on the Report Manager/Page Setup
screen, then the file names for these three files are based on the report title instead.
When a user selects this report from a DNApublisher channel, it will display the static
HTML copy.
The Publish button is active only when the user views a list of reports on the Reports
screen that contains at least one report enabled for publishing by the Update Manager
(described in the DNAmarket manual).

Procedures

Prerequisites
The Publish button is active only when the user views a list of reports on the Reports
screen that contains at least one report enabled for publishing on the Scheduler screen
of a report.

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 96

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Immediate Report Publishing in Report Manager

Steps
Follow these steps to enable immediate publishing of a report.
1. Choose Report Manager from the My Page screen.
The Reports screen displays.
2. Select the report you want to publish immediately.
The View Report screen displays.

3. The General screen displays for the report.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 97

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Immediate Report Publishing in Report Manager

4. In response to the question, W HAT IS THE DESCRIPTION OF THIS REPORT?, type a

description of this report in the text box.
5. In response to the question, W ILL THIS REPORT BE RUN BY THE UPDATE MANAGER?,
select Yes to indicate that the report will be run by Update Manager.
Reports run by Update Manager are updated periodically, for example once a month.
The data in these reports remains static until the scheduled update is performed.
6. Click Save from the menu at top of the screen.
7. Click OK in the Saved box.
8. Click Close.
9. Click Publish from the Reports screen.
The Scheduled Reports screen displays listing all the reports available for immediate
publishing.

10. Select your Profile report for immediate publishing.

11. Click Run above the list of reports.
A message displays asking, “Do you really want to run the selected reports now?"

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 98

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Immediate Report Publishing in Report Manager

12. Check the Last Run time to check for completion updates.
13. Click OK to Publish the report or click Cancel to cancel the request.
After the report is published, users who have MapPoint loaded on a Windows server
only need to click on the report after it is added to a channel on the My Page screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 99

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publish Reports
Overview
The Publish pushbutton on the Report Manager / Reports screen enables if any reports
have the SHOW THIS REPORT ON PUBLISH REPORTS PAGE? or the W ILL THIS REPORT BE
RUN BY THE UPDATE MANAGER? fields set to Yes on the Report Manager / Report
Scheduler screen.
The Report Manager / Publish Reports screen displays the name of the report, the
frequency of the run schedule, the last run date/time, and the location of the PDF, CSV,
or HTML files.

Field Descriptions
The following field displays on the Publish Reports screen:
Field Description
FILTER BY FREQUENCY: Allows the user to filter the list of reports to display in
the grid by frequency. Default is Select a frequency.
Values are:
Daily
Monthly
Weekly

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow the steps below to publish reports.
1. On the Reports screen,

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 100

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publish Reports

a. Click Publish.
The Report Manager / Publish Reports screen displays all reports available for
publishing including folders containing other publishable reports.

b. To filter the reports by frequency, select the frequency in the FILTER BY

FREQUENCY dropdown list.
The screen displays only the reports with the selected frequency. If a report has
the UpdateManager flag set to Yes, no frequency is defined. To change the list
back to showing all frequencies (including no frequency), click Select a
frequency again.
The reports displayed can run either manually or automatically by the Scheduler
or in UpdateManager.
c. Do one of the following:
To… Then…
Generate all reports in a single folder  Click Select All.
 Click Run All.
The following message "Do you want to
run the selected reports now? Check the
Last Run time to check for completion
updates" displays.
 Click OK.
As the reports are published, the File
Location column displays the path where
the reports are saved. If there is a problem
in publishing the report, the File Location
column is blank for the report.
The Reports screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 101

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publish Reports

To… Then…
Generate the selected reports  Select one or more reports by clicking
immediately the checkbox.
 Click Run.
The following message "Do you want to
run the selected reports now? Check the
Last Run time to check for completion
updates" displays.
As the reports are published, the File
Location column displays the path where
the reports are saved. If there is a problem
in publishing the report, the File Location
column is blank for the report.
 Click OK.
The Reports screen displays.
Remove the selected reports from the  Select one or more reports by clicking
scheduled list the checkbox.
 Click Remove.
The selected reports are removed from the
grid.
Note: This selection removes the report
from the scheduled list. It does not delete
the report from the database.
This action also sets the SHOW THIS
REPORT ON PUBLISH REPORTS PAGE?
and THE W ILL THIS REPORT BE RUN BY
THE UPDATE MANAGER? fields to No and
resets the Frequency options to null (if
previously selected) on the Report
Manager / Report Scheduler screen for the
selected reports.

2. To return to the My Vision My Page screen (if not already displayed), click
DNApublisher.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 102

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Reports to a Channel
Overview
From the Reports screen in Report Manager, you can quickly add a report to a channel
on your institution’s portal site to make it available to other users. (Refer to the Portal
Guide Help for more information about the portal and its channels.) When you add a
report to a channel, if the channel was selected to appear on the My Page screen for a
user, the user can click the report name to display the report. DNAreport checks if the
report was generated as part of the Update Manager process (see the DNAmarket
manual) or if it was immediately published with the most recent data.
If a published version of the report does not exist, DNAreport generates the report
dynamically. The multi-page, HTML version of the report is initially displayed to the user,
but the user can choose to view the report in PDF format, view it as a single HTML page
or save it in delimited format. (Refer to “Viewing a report’ for details.)

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to add a report to a channel.
1. Choose Report Manager from the My Page screen.
The Report Manager screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 103

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publish Reports
Overview
The Publish pushbutton on the Report Manager / Reports screen enables if any reports
have the SHOW THIS REPORT ON PUBLISH REPORTS PAGE? or the W ILL THIS REPORT BE
RUN BY THE UPDATE MANAGER? fields set to Yes on the Report Manager / Report
Scheduler screen.
The Report Manager / Publish Reports screen displays the name of the report, the
frequency of the run schedule, the last run date/time, and the location of the PDF, CSV,
or HTML files.

Field Descriptions
The following field displays on the Publish Reports screen:
Field Description
FILTER BY FREQUENCY: Allows the user to filter the list of reports to display in
the grid by frequency. Default is Select a frequency.
Values are:
Daily
Monthly
Weekly

Procedures

Prerequisites
None
2. Click the Add to Channel icon on the same row as a specific report.
The Add to Channel screen displays.

3. In response to the question, W HICH WORKGROUP CONTAINS THE CHANNEL?, if

applicable, select the workgroup that contains the channel from the dropdown list.
This field initially displays the default workgroup to which the user who created the
Profile query is assigned. (A workgroup identifies users with access to the same
channels). Once a workgroup is selected, the channels to which the workgroup has
access are displayed in the CHANNEL field.
4. In response to the question, W HICH CHANNEL DO YOU WANT TO ADD THE DOCUMENT
TO?, select the channel where you want this report to be listed from the dropdown
list.
5. In response to the question, W HAT IS THE NAME OF THE DOCUMENT?, type the name of
the document that will be used to identify it on the My Page screen.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 104
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publish Reports
Overview
The Publish pushbutton on the Report Manager / Reports screen enables if any reports
have the SHOW THIS REPORT ON PUBLISH REPORTS PAGE? or the W ILL THIS REPORT BE
RUN BY THE UPDATE MANAGER? fields set to Yes on the Report Manager / Report
Scheduler screen.
The Report Manager / Publish Reports screen displays the name of the report, the
frequency of the run schedule, the last run date/time, and the location of the PDF, CSV,
or HTML files.

Field Descriptions
The following field displays on the Publish Reports screen:
Field Description
FILTER BY FREQUENCY: Allows the user to filter the list of reports to display in
the grid by frequency. Default is Select a frequency.
Values are:
Daily
Monthly
Weekly

Procedures

Prerequisites
None
Users will click on this name to view the report. This name can be different from the
report name.
6. In response to the question, ‘DO YOU WANT THIS DOCUMENT TO OPEN IN A NEW
BROWSER WINDOW ?, select Yes so that the report will open in a separate browser
window, or select No so that the report opens in the current window.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 105

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publish Reports
Overview
The Publish pushbutton on the Report Manager / Reports screen enables if any reports
have the SHOW THIS REPORT ON PUBLISH REPORTS PAGE? or the W ILL THIS REPORT BE
RUN BY THE UPDATE MANAGER? fields set to Yes on the Report Manager / Report
Scheduler screen.
The Report Manager / Publish Reports screen displays the name of the report, the
frequency of the run schedule, the last run date/time, and the location of the PDF, CSV,
or HTML files.

Field Descriptions
The following field displays on the Publish Reports screen:
Field Description
FILTER BY FREQUENCY: Allows the user to filter the list of reports to display in
the grid by frequency. Default is Select a frequency.
Values are:
Daily
Monthly
Weekly

Procedures

Prerequisites
None
7. Click Accept.
Changes are saved and the Reports screen displays.
8. Click the DNApublisher icon.
The My Page screen displays.
9. From the My Page screen, click on the name of the report.
The Map displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 106

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Publish Reports
Overview
The Publish pushbutton on the Report Manager / Reports screen enables if any reports
have the SHOW THIS REPORT ON PUBLISH REPORTS PAGE? or the W ILL THIS REPORT BE
RUN BY THE UPDATE MANAGER? fields set to Yes on the Report Manager / Report
Scheduler screen.
The Report Manager / Publish Reports screen displays the name of the report, the
frequency of the run schedule, the last run date/time, and the location of the PDF, CSV,
or HTML files.

Field Descriptions
The following field displays on the Publish Reports screen:
Field Description
FILTER BY FREQUENCY: Allows the user to filter the list of reports to display in
the grid by frequency. Default is Select a frequency.
Values are:
Daily
Monthly
Weekly

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 107

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding a Chart or Report Data to a Channel
Overview
You can display the contents of a report result (in a table view) or as a chart in a channel
on his DNApublisher My Page screen. The Create Channel pushbutton allows you to
create a new channel while adding a Chart or Report Data to the channel.

Procedures

Prerequisites
 None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow the steps below to add chart or report data to a channel.
1. On the Report Manager / Reports screen,
a. Click the Add to Channel icon for the appropriate report.
The Add to Channel screen displays with the name of the report populated in the
REPORT SELECTED field.

b. Do one of the following:

To… Then…
Add a chart to channel  Go to Step 2.
Add report data to a channel  Go to Step 4.

2. To add a chart to a channel,

a. Select the chart you want to add to the channel in the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO ADD
TO THE CHANNEL? dropdown list. System default is Link.

The title of the chart preceded by the word Chart displays in the dropdown list.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 108

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding a Chart or Report Data to a Channel

Note: All the chart titles associated with charts that have the INCLUDE ON REPORT
set to Yes, are populated in this list.

b. Select which workgroup contains the channel in the W HICH WORKGROUP

CONTAINS THE CHANNEL? dropdown list.

c. Click Create Channel located to the right of the W HICH CHANNEL DO YOU WANT
TO ADD THE CHART TO? field.

The Create Channel screen displays with the Chart radio button selected. This
screen allows you to create a new channel for the selected chart.

Note: Since a report and chart are already selected on the Add to Channel screen,
the What do you want to add the chart from? section normally displayed in the
DNApublisher Create Channel screen does not appear.
3. Complete the Create Channel screen, as needed.
a. Click Accept.
The Add to Channel screen displays with the new channel name in the W HICH
CHANNEL DO YOU WANT TO ADD THE CHART TO? field.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 109

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding a Chart or Report Data to a Channel

b. Do one of the following:

To… Then…
Accept changes  Click Accept.
The following message displays if the report was
not published.

 Click OK to publish the report and return to

the Report Manager / Reports screen or click
Cancel to return to the Add to Channel
screen.
Cancel changes  Click Cancel.
The Report Manager / Reports screen displays
without saving changes.

4. To add report data to a channel,

a. Click the Add to Channel icon for the appropriate report.
The Add to Channel screen displays with the name of the report populated in the
REPORT SELECTED field.

b. Select Report Data in the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO ADD TO THE CHANNEL?
dropdown list.
The Add to Channel screen displays. In this instance, the system located a blank
channel in which to add the report data.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 110

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding a Chart or Report Data to a Channel

c. Do one of the following:

To… Then…
Use an existing blank  Select a channel from the W HICH CHANNEL
channel DO YOU WANT TO ADD THE REPORT DATA
TO? dropdown list.
 Click Accept.
The following message displays if the report was
not published and does not have user prompts.

 Click OK to publish the report and return to

the Report Manager / Reports screen or click
Cancel to return to the Add to Channel
screen.
Create a new channel  Click Create Channel located to the right of
the W HICH CHANNEL DO YOU WANT TO ADD
THE REPORT DATA TO? dropdown list.
The Create Channel screen displays with the
Report Data radio button selected.
 Go to Step 5.

5. Complete the Create Channel screen, as needed.

a. Click Accept.
The Add to Channel screen displays with the new channel name in the W HICH
CHANNEL DO YOU WANT TO ADD THE CHART TO? field.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 111

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding a Chart or Report Data to a Channel

b. Do one of the following:

To… Then…
Accept changes  Click Accept.
The following message displays if the report was
not published and does not have user prompts.

 Click OK to publish the report and return to

the Report Manager / Reports screen or click
Cancel to return to the Add to Channel
screen.
Cancel changes  Click Cancel.
The Report Manager / Reports screen displays
without saving changes.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 112

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Builder Quick Start Tutorial
This tutorial describes, with realistic examples, how to create and edit a query and
provides an introduction to the Create Query screen.
This example leads you through the following sections in adding a query:
 Create a query in Query Builder
 Add columns for display and sorting
 Change the column formatting
 Set up qualifiers
 Run and view the query

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 113

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Create a Query in Query Builder
Overview
Suppose a user wants to create a query that shows the institution’s most valuable
customers (the top ten percent). The user needs to know how many deposit and loan
products these customers have and the cities in which they live.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to create a query in Query Builder.
1. On the Queries screen, click New.
The Create Query screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 114

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Create a Query in Query Builder

Note: You do not need to select Standard Query in the list box of the Queries screen
because it is the default setting. To create a super query, select Super Query first,
and then click New.
2. Enter a name in the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS QUERY? field.
For this example, type “High Value” in this field. DNAreport stores the query in the
folder that was open on the Queries screen. Click Choose and select a different
folder.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 115

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Add Columns for Display and Sorting
Overview
Each column represents a field in the database that can be qualified and displayed.
Columns can contain numbers, characters, or dates.
In these steps, you will use the “Add, delete, or edit columns” area of the screen. You
will specify the columns you want to display in the query, which may or may not be the
same ones you want to sort by. You can also sort by columns without displaying them.
In our example, we want to display customer names, number of deposit and loan
products owned (relationships), and city.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 116

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Add Columns for Display and Sorting

Steps
Follow these steps to add columns for display and sorting.
1. On the Create Query screen, click Add in the “Add, delete, or edit columns” area of
the screen.
The Add Columns screen displays.

2. In response to the question, W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT TO ADD COLUMNS FROM?,
select the table from the dropdown list.
For example, choose Common_Acct_Info
When the table is selected, the screen is refreshed, and the columns listed under
W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT TO ADD? field lists all columns in the selected table
(Common_Acct_Info table in our example).
Note: Click the Select from RDBMS column names checkbox to display the names
of the columns as they appear in the database.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 117

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Add Columns for Display and Sorting

3. In response to the question, W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT TO ADD?, select the
columns you want and click Add > to include it to the list of selected columns.
In our example, the FirstName and LastName, TaxIDNBR, Account Number, and
Balance columns are selected.
Note: To select a block of several columns in a row, you can the first name in the
block and then press [Shift] on your keyboard and select the second. The two
columns, plus the ones listed in between are selected.
To select several columns that are not in sequential order in the list, press [Ctrl] and
select all the columns that you want.
4. Optionally, select a value from the FUNCTION field to perform standard calculations
on a column’s values. If a function is chosen, instead of displaying each value found
for a column, DNAreport displays the selected calculated value.
For example, instead of displaying each customer’s name, selecting COUNT
DISTINCT in the FUNCTION field will display a count of the customers found. Refer to
“Applying Functions” for more information.
5. Click OK.
The Create Query screen displays again.

The selected columns are displayed in the table.

6. To reorder the columns, select the checkbox for the column that you want to move,
then click the Up or Down arrow.
7. Specify sorting for the LastName, FirstName columns, click in the Sort column and
select Ascending or Descending sorting.
In our example, click the Sort column for the NAME field. An Up arrow displays,
indicating that customers will be displayed alphabetically by name, in ascending
order (A to Z).
See “Sorting and Reordering Columns” for details.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 118

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Change the Column Formatting
Overview
Using our example, we will change the way the Deposit Balance and Loan Balance
columns are displayed so that a dollar sign is included, but decimal places are not.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to change the column formatting.
1. On the Create Query screen, click the Balance field under Column Name.
The Edit Column screen displays.

In addition to changing formatting, this screen enables users to create computed

columns, replace a column’s value (decoded) or conditionally replace a column’s
value (case), or create other function-based columns.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 119

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Change the Column Formatting

2. In response to the question, HOW WILL THIS COLUMN BE FORMATTED?, click Edit.
The Edit Format screen displays.

3. In response to the question, HOW WOULD YOU LIKE TO DISPLAY THE COLUMNS IN THIS
REPORT?, select the As a Number radio button.

Numeric options display.

4. Select the format $9,999.

This format displays numbers with a dollar sign, but no decimal places.
5. Click OK twice, to close both the Edit Format and Edit Column screens.
The Create Query screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 120

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Set Up Qualifiers
Overview
Use the HOW DO YOU WANT TO QUALIFY THIS QUERY? area of the Create Query screen to
describe the customers and accounts for which you are searching.
Note: Answering No in the DO YOU WANT TO ELIMINATE DUPLICATE ROWS FROM THE
RESULTS? section prevents DNAreport from displaying duplicate rows, if it finds them
while searching. For example, if you search a branch and display only customer names,
identical rows might appear if two customers have the exact same name.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to set up qualifiers:
1. Click Add in the DO YOU WANT TO ELIMINATE DUPLICATE ROWS FROM THE RESULTS?
section of the Create Query screen.
The Edit Filter screen opens. Do not change the default setting for step 1a. A
Database Column will be used for this example.
2. For W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT A COLUMN FROM? select the Common_Acct_Info table.
When you select this table, the list of available columns automatically changes to
reflect the columns available in the selected table.
Note: If the Common_Acct_Info table was not included in the list, click Select from
all tables to view a complete list of the DataSource tables.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 121

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Set Up Qualifiers

3. From the list of columns presented as a result of selecting the Common_Acct_Info

table, select CVI in response to W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT?
If you select the checkbox below the list, the column headings from the source
database display instead of the more user-friendly DataSource column headings.
4. Select EQUALS in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE THE COLUMN? list box.
The EQUALS setting in is an operator. An operator determines how DNAreport
compares data in the search. You can select from a variety of operators, as
described in Using operators.
Keep the default setting of Typed-in value for W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT?
5. Type 10 in the W HAT VALUE DO YOU WANT? field.
With these settings, we will get a direct comparison of accounts with balances equal
to $100,000.
6. Click OK.
The qualifier table now shows the qualifier you added on the Edit Filter screen.
You can easily add qualifiers, and combine them using AND or OR conditions. For
example, you might want to find accounts with balances between a range of
$100,000 and $250,000. For details about qualifying, see the “Qualifying” section of
this manual.
Notice that we have chosen columns from more than one table to display, sort, and
qualify in the query. When DNAreport searches the database, it automatically links
these tables using a unique identifier such as a customer number. Occasionally, you
may need to change how tables are linked, by clicking Edit Joins. For details about
changing links, see the query’s results.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 122

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Run and View the Query
Overview
Test the data and qualifier that was selected for the query to ensure the correct
information will be presented. The View Results button searches the database based
on the information that was built in the query.
Note: At any time, you can cancel a query while it is running by clicking Cancel in the
Progress dialog box.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to run and view the query.
1. Click View Results on the Create Query screen.
The View Results screen displays, with results shown in each of the columns you
selected for display. DNAreport displays the total number of records (matches) found
at the top. If the query results exceed a page, DNAreport displays the first page of
records and lets you switch between pages.
2. Click OK to close the View Results screen. Click Save on the Create Query screen
to return to the Queries screen.
After you view results, DNAreport automatically saves the query. You can now open
the query in Report Manager, format it, link it to other reports, publish it to the portal
in HTML or PDF format, export it for use in another application, or set it for batch
processing after each update. Refer to “Report Manager Quickstart” for details.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 123

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Working with Query Builder
This section describes the following processes:
 Adding columns
 Sorting and reordering columns
 Showing or hiding columns
 Deleting columns
 Renaming columns or adding descriptions
 Changing a column’s display format
 Creating computed columns
 Creating a computed date column
 Applying functions to column values
 Replacing a column’s value (decoded)
 Editing original or replacement values
 Conditionally replacing a column’s value (case)
 Editing when clauses
 Editing replacement values
 Rearranging rows
 Excluding duplicate records
 Qualifying
 Using operators
 Qualifying a column with a typed-in value
 Using AND and OR conditions
 Qualifying a column with a database column
 Qualifying a column with a computed column
 Including user prompts
 Display Prompts on Reports
 Viewing SQL statements
 Creating super queries
 Comparing Columns in a Query to a Sub Query
 Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data
 Changing Table Joins for a Query
 Adding or Editing Table Joins by Specifying Matching Columns
 Adding or Editing Table Joins by Building Ad-Hoc Filters
 Using the Multi-Join Feature
 Deleting Standard Queries, Super Queries, and Folders

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 124

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Columns
Overview
On the Query Builder screen, the “Add, delete, or edit columns” table lists the columns
that were chosen for the query. Each column represents a field or attribute that can be
displayed or used sorting.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to add columns to the table.
1. On the Create Query screen, in response to the prompt, Add, delete, or edit
columns, click Add.
The Add Columns screen displays.
2. In response to the question W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT TO ADD COLUMNS FROM?,
select the table name.
For example, to use information from the Common_Acct_Info table, click the name of
that table in the list box.
When a table name is selected, the columns available in that table are listed under
the W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT TO ADD? section.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 125

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Columns

3. In response to the prompt, W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT TO ADD?, select the
applicable columns to add.
For example, to use customer names in the query, click the Name column.
Note: The list on the left displays the columns available in the selected table. Click
the Select from RDBMS column names checkbox to display the names of the
columns as they appear in the database.
4. To apply a function to the column, click the FUNCTION list box and choose from the
list.
For details on applying a function to a column, see “Applying Functions to Column
Values”.
5. Click Add >.
When you click Add >, the selected column is added to the list on the right. If you
decide not to use a column, click its name n the list on the right and click < Remove.
Note: The order in which you select columns determines the default order that they
will appear on the report. You can change the order later on the Create Query
screen. See “Sorting and Reordering Columns.”
6. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to add all of the columns you want to use.
7. Click OK to close the Add Columns screen.
The Create Query screen displays with the columns you added. You can tell which
columns are currently set to display in the report by looking at the Show column in
step 2 of the Create Query screen. The columns that will appear have a check mark
icon next to them in the Show column. The default when you add columns is to
display them.
For the columns that you added to the query, you can delete, hide, sort, or edit them:
a. To remove the column from the query, select the checkbox for the column in the
list and click Delete.
b. If you decide not to display a column, but include it in the query, select the
column checkbox, and click Hide. For example, you might choose to sort query
results by a certain value (such as account balances) without displaying the
values in the report.
c. To display a hidden column in the report, select the column by clicking the
column’s checkbox and then click Show.
d. To sort the data retrieved from the column, click Sort column for the column.
See “Sorting and Reordering Columns.”
e. To change the order of the columns, select the column by its checkbox and use
the Up or Down arrow buttons to move the column into the appropriate
sequence. See “Sorting and Reordering Columns.”
f. To make changes to the column name, description, and formatting, clicks the
column name hyperlink. You can then change column names and descriptions
and change column display formats. You can also choose to calculate, replace,
or conditionally replace a column’s value. See “Renaming Columns or Adding
Descriptions” and “Changing a Column’s Display Format.”

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 126

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Columns

Note: In a relational database, each table has a unique identifier to link to other
tables. When a query uses fields from more than one table, the tables need to be
linked before DNAreport can search the database. In some cases, you may need to
set up table links as described in the “Changing Table Joins for a Query” section of
this manual.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 127

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Sorting and Reordering Columns
From the Create Query screen, you can quickly change the order of your columns and
set up how you want columns sorted.
 Reordering − Columns appear in the query results from left to right in the order
in which they are shown in the list. To change the column order, click a column
name and then click the Up or Down arrow buttons to the right of the list. The
column moves up or down one position in the list each time you click. Continue
clicking until the column is in the position you want.
 Sorting − When you display a query’s results, rows are added as they are
found in the database (in other words, in no particular order). In most cases,
you will want to sort the query using the values in one or more columns to
make the report easier to read.
 To set the sort order, click the Sort column next to the column name that you
want to sort. When you set up the first column, a “1” appears in the Sort
column, which indicates that the report will be sorted first by the values in that
column.
 To sort using additional columns, click in the Sort column for each one. For
example, if you click in the Sort column for a second column, a “2” appears in
the column. This indicates that the report will first be sorted according to the
values in the first sorting column and then further sorted according to the
values in the second sorting column. For instance, you might sort first by ZIP
code and then sort by customer name within each ZIP code.
 An upward arrow appears next to the sort position number, which means the
column will be sorted in ascending order (lowest to highest number or
alphabetical order). To switch to descending order (highest to lowest number or
reverse alphabetical order), click the upward arrow to change it to a downward
arrow.
 To remove a column from the sort order, click in the Sort column until the sort
position number and arrow are removed. When you remove a column, any
other columns on which you have set up sorting are renumbered. For example,
if you remove the first sorted column, the second sorted column changes to
first.
Note: You can sort by a column’s values even if you choose not to display that
column in the report.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 128

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Showing or Hiding Columns
By default, when you add a column DNAreport assumes that you want it to appear in a
report. However, you can use a column to sort results without showing the value in a
report by hiding a column. For example, you might choose to sort your query by account
balance, without actually showing the account balance in the report.
The check mark icon in the Show column of the Create Query screen indicates that a
column will appear in a report.

Hide a Column
Select the column checkbox in the “Add, delete, or edit columns” table on the Create
Query screen, then click Hide.

Show a Hidden Column

Select the column checkbox in the “Add, delete, or edit columns” table on the Create
Query screen for the column that you want displayed, and then click Show.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 129

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting Columns
Select the checkbox in the “Add, delete, or edit columns” table on the Create Query
screen for the column that you want to delete, and click Delete.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 130

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Changes Affecting Charts
Overview
In the previous release, cView rendered a report unusable and required you to
regenerate it if specific changes were done in the original query (deleting a column
and/or change in qualifier). In this release, the report remains available. The column
deleted from the query continues to display in the report (and on a chart, if selected);
however, the data in the column is removed and the system displays null values. A
warning message displays whenever this action is performed on a query for which a
report (with or without charts) exists.

Procedures

Prerequisites
An existing query with a report that has one or more charts must exist.

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder

Steps
Follow the steps below to change a query that affects a chart.
1. On the Query Builder / Queries screen, select a query that contains a report.

The Query Builder / Create Query screen displays for the selected query.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 131

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Changes Affecting Charts

2. Change the query (delete columns), if necessary and click Save.

The following message displays:

If the column being deleted is the last (or only) column selected for the horizontal or
vertical axis or any of the columns selected for a pie chart, the following message
displays.

3. Do one of the following:

To… Then…
Save changes  Click OK.
The confirmation message displays stating the
query was saved.
Cancel  Click Cancel.
The Query Builder / Create Query screen enables
allowing you to rename the query so the original
report and charts are not affected by the query
change.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 132

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Renaming Columns or Adding Descriptions
Overview
In the Edit Column screen, you can change a column’s name and description. The name
and description are used only in the current query and do not affect the column in any
other query that it is included.
 Name - The column name is the name that appears in the report. (You can
later change the column name in the Report Manager.) You may want to enter
a more descriptive name for the column. For example, if you applied a function
to the column or calculated, replaced, or conditionally replaced the column’s
value, you may want to enter a name that more accurately reflects the value
the column contains.
 Description - The column description is used as a tool tip on the Create Query
screen to provide additional information about the column. (Tool tips display
when you move the cursor over an item on the screen.)

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to add or change a column’s name and description.
1. On the Create Query screen, click the hyperlink name of the column.
See “About the Create Query” screen.
The Edit Column screen displays.
2. In response to the question, W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS COLUMN? if applicable,
change the name of the column.
Highlight the existing name and type over it, or make individual edits as you would
with any word processor.
3. In response to the question, W HAT IS THE DESCRIPTION OF THIS COLUMN?, enter or
change the column’s description
Entering an accurate and complete description is helpful.
4. Click OK.
The Create Query screen displays with your changes.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 133

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing a Column’s Display Format
Overview
When you display values in a report column, the values are displayed according to how
they were set up in the DataSource. You can change how a column’s values are
displayed. For example, you may want to include a dollar sign ($) next to account
balances or you may want to select a specific format for displaying the date.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to change a columns display format.
1. On the Create Query screen, click the hyperlink name of the column you want to
format.
The hyperlink names are located in the Column Name column of the “Add, delete, or
edit columns” table.
The Edit Column screen displays.
2. In response to the question, HOW WILL THIS COLUMN BE FORMATTED?, click Edit.
The Edit Format screen displays. If you have not previously selected a special
formatting option for the column, the Default option is selected.
The information displayed depends on the type of column you selected − numeric,
date/time, text, or no formatting.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 134

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing a Column’s Display Format

3. In response to the question, HOW WOULD YOU LIKE TO DISPLAY THE COLUMNS IN THIS
REPORT? select the appropriate option and choose the values you want to use.
Follow the directions provided for the selected format type.

Numeric and Custom Numeric Formats

After you select As a number as the data format, you then choose how you want the
data to appear. The Edit Format screen includes the appropriate settings for the data
type, as shown in the following illustration:
Most widely used numeric formats are included in the Select a format: list.
 To use one, select it from the list.
 If applicable, indicate how you want negative numbers to appear and whether
to hide zero values.
For missing values, you can choose to leave a blank, insert N/A (not applicable), or use
a text value of your own.
 For custom numeric settings, click Custom in the Select a format: section of the
Edit Format screen
The screen changes to display new options for custom settings:
 On the Custom Number Format screen, choose the number of decimal places
and the text you want to appear before and after the number, if any
For example, you may choose to have angled brackets appear before and after negative
numbers.
 Also, indicate how you want commas displayed in numbers and whether large
numbers should be displayed in Scientific Notation instead.
 After you make your selections, type in sample text in the Test with sample
text: field on the Edit Format screen and click Test to see how it will appear
 Click OK to save your settings and return to the previous screen.

Date and Time Formats

After selecting As a Date as the data format, you can set the formatting for a date or
time. The Edit Format screen includes the appropriate settings for the data type.
Select the date or time format that you prefer and select how you want the data aligned
in the column. After you make your date format settings, you can click Test to see how
the current date will appear.
You can also choose how DNAreport should display missing values. You can choose to
leave a blank, insert N/A (not applicable), or use a text value of your own.
Click OK to save your settings and return to the previously viewed screen.

Text Formats
After selecting As Text Data as the data format, you need to set the formatting for the
text in the selected column. The Edit Format screen includes the appropriate settings for
the data type.
DNAreport checks whether the column data truly is text data, or if you selected a text
format for a date or other numeric data.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 135

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing a Column’s Display Format

For text data, all you need to do is set how you want the data aligned in the column for
the report and how you want to display missing values.
You can also choose how DNAreport should display missing values. You can choose to
leave a blank, insert N/A (not applicable), or use a text value of your own.
The Edit Format screen looks slightly different if you are formatting a data column from a
numeric or date format into a text format.
In addition to setting the text alignment and how missing values should appear, you also
need to specify how you want words capitalized and how you want to format the data.
For this, you need to type special characters to specify how the column’s data should
look. (Refer to the table that follows for more information.)
4. Use these options to add punctuation or other information to the original column
data. Here are some examples of entries you can make in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO
FORMAT THE DATA? field:

 You could specify that a telephone number stored as 6128674583 be displayed

as (612) 867-4583. To do that, you would type (###) ###-####.
 You could specify that a telephone number stored as 6128674583x25 be
displayed as 867-4583 Ext. #25. To do that, you would type _ _ _###-#### Ext.
\#*. The _ character suppresses display of the area code numbers, the #
character inserts the seven-digit phone number, the \ character inserts the #
character (instead of displaying its value) and the * character inserts the
remaining characters (the extension).
Character What it does
# Inserts a single character from the original column. The first
occurrence of this symbol inserts the first character from the
column, the second occurrence inserts the second character, and
so on.
^ Same as above except that if the original data is in lower case, it
displays as upper case.
_(underscore) Eliminates a single character from the original column. The first
occurrence of this symbol removes the first character from the
column, the second occurrence removes the second character,
and so on.
* Inserts the remaining characters in the original column. If you
have not typed one of the other characters (#, ^ or _ ), the entire
contents of the column are inserted.
\ Inserts all characters that you type following the \ , until you type
one of the other characters (#, ^, _ , *).

After you insert these characters, you can type in the TEST WITH SAMPLE TEXT field
and click Test for a preview of what the column’s data will look like with the selected
settings.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 136

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Computed Columns
Overview
DNAreport enables you to set up columns with values determined by a calculation that
you define. For example, a calculation can be prepared that subtracts a fixed amount
from the column’s original value or a value from another column. Also, a function can be
applied to a column. For example, a user could obtain the total number of unique values
found in a column.
Note: A column’s value can be changed by replacing or conditionally replacing it. See
“Replacing a column’s value (decoded)” or “Conditionally replacing a column’s value
(case)”. You can change the way the column’s value appears in the report using display
format options. See “Changing a Column’s Display Format.”
Computed columns can be used to (for example):
 Create a campaign for a home equity line of credit. Customers who have a
certain percentage of their mortgage loan paid off are targeted. This can be
done by setting up a computed column that computes the percentage by
dividing the current loan balance by the original loan amount. Then, a filter is
set up to find only the customers with a specific percentage.
 Search for your most frequent ATM users. DNAreport has columns that report
the number of ATM debits and credits, but no column for the total number of
ATM transactions. A computed column that adds results from the ATM debits
and credits fields can be created. Next, a filter is set up to search for customers
with a pre-determined total number of transactions.
 Search for customers who have a high total balance, which is calculated by
adding their total deposit balance to their total loan balance. A computed
column can be created that adds results from the deposit balance and loan
balance columns in the Common_Acct_Info table. A filter could be set up to
find only the customers whose total balance is above a certain amount.
For a more specific example describing how to create a computed date column by
adding a time interval to the column, or either subtracting a time interval or another date
from the column, see “Creating a Computed Date Column”.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 137

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Computed Columns

Steps
Follow these steps to create computed columns.
1. On the Create Query screen, if the column you want to use is not already listed, add
a column that contains a value you want to use in a calculation.
For example, to create a computed column that adds the values from the Balance
columns, add one of those columns from the Common_Acct_Info table. For more
information, see “Adding Columns.”
2. In response to the prompt, ADD, DELETE, OR EDIT COLUMNS, click the hyperlink name
of the column that has the value you want to base a calculation on.
The Edit Column screen displays.
3. If applicable, change the column’s name and description in the first two fields.
Note: Entering a name that reflects what is being calculated makes it easier to
identify (for example, “Total Balance”). For more information, see “Renaming
Columns or Adding Descriptions.”
4. In response to the question, What type of column is this?, click Computed.
Selecting the column type changes the remaining fields on the screen to match the
selection. The database name of the previously selected column is prefilled in the
BUILD THE COMPUTED COLUMN: prompt.
5. On the right side of the screen, click the button corresponding to the operation you
want to perform.
For example, if you want to add a value to the value of the selected column, click +.
Note: If the selected column contains a text value, only the + pushbutton is available.
6. When the new Edit Column screen displays, in response to the question, W HAT TYPE
OF COLUMN IS THIS?

Choose how you want to select the value to be used in the calculation:
a. Click Typed-in Value to enter a specific value to use in the calculation.
b. Click Database Column if the calculation is to use a value from another column,
or
c. Click Function to define a logical relationship.
The Edit Column screen changes according to the column type that you choose.
7. Choose options to set up the value.
a. Typed-in Value − Type the text or number into the W HAT VALUE DO YOU WANT?
field.
b. Database column − If you chose this option in Step 6, the fields on the screen
change as shown in the following example.
8. Click the name of a table in the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT A COLUMN FROM? list.
a. When you click a table name, the columns available in that table are displayed in
the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? list.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 138

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Computed Columns

9. Click the name of a column in the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? list. The list displays
the columns available from the table you selected in the previous step. If you want to
see the source database column headings instead of the more user-friendly
DataSource headings, click the Select from RDBMS column names checkbox to
change the column names.
10. Click OK when finished to return to the previous Edit Column screen.
Function − You have several options if you choose to create a column based on a
function. You can then select one of the functions listed below. For example, you
could set up a column that produced the total number of ATM debit transactions at a
branch (using the Sum function) and then add to that column a column that produces
the total number of ATM credit transactions (using Sum again). This would provide
the total number of ATM transactions at the branch.
Function Description
Decoded Enables you to display a different value when DNAreport locates a
specified value from a data column in the source database. For
example, you can set DNAreport to display “married” for every
instance it find an “M” in the Marital Status column of the source
database.
Case Enables you to set conditions that must be met for DNAreport to
display a result that you choose to represent the set of data. For
example, you could set DNAreport to locate all customers between
the ages of 55 and 65. For all the customers located, you could set
the system to display “nearing retirement” instead of the actual
age.
Average/Average Uses the average of all of the column’s values in the calculation
Distinct (for example, the average balance of checking accounts used in
the report). Average Distinct works just like Average, except it
ignores any duplicate values in calculating the average.
Maximum Uses the maximum value found among all of the column’s values
in the calculation (for example, the maximum age of a group of
customers).
Minimum Uses the minimum value found among all of the column’s values in
the calculation (for example, the lowest profit contribution of a
customer group).
Sum/Sum Distinct Uses the sum of all of the column’s values in the calculation (for
example, the sum of current account balances). Sum Distinct
works just like Sum, except it ignores any duplicate values in
calculating the sum.
Count/Count Distinct Uses the total number of values found for the column in the
calculation. Use this function to get a total count of the number of
customers, households, or accounts that meet your criteria. Count
Distinct works just like Count, except it ignores all duplicate values
in counting. When counting both customers and accounts, use
Count Distinct to ensure that customers with multiple accounts are
counted only once; see “Using Count versus Count Distinct”.
Coalesce Replaces the column’s value with a specified value, if the column
contains a null value. When you select this function, a field
appears below the function list enabling you to enter the value that

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 139

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Computed Columns

Function Description
you want used instead of a null value.
Length Lets you use the number of characters in the column in the
calculation.
Upper Converts all alphabetic characters in the column’s value to upper
case.
Lower Converts all alphabetic characters in the column’s value to lower
case.
Trim Removes all blank spaces that come before and after the column’s
value.
Substring Enables you to use just part of the column’s value in the
calculation. When you select this function, two additional fields
appear at the bottom of the screen for you to enter the position in
the string where you want the substring to start and how many
characters you want the substring to contain. For example, if you
wanted to extract only the area code from phone numbers
consisting of 10 digits, you would enter 1 in the starting position
field and 3 in the substring length field.
Position Enables you to obtain an integer value to use in the calculation.
This value represents the starting position of an occurrence of a
character string that you enter. When you choose this function,
three additional fields appear at the bottom of the screen. In the
first field, type the string for which you are searching. In the
second field, enter the position in the string at which you want to
begin searching (such as 1). In the third field, enter which instance
of the string you want to use. For example, if the string appears in
the value two times, you would type 2 in this field to indicate that
you want to use the second occurrence of the string.
Truncate Enables you to use part of the column’s value after removing the
specified number of digits from the value. When you select this
function, a field appears below the function list enabling you to
enter the number of digits following the decimal point that you want
the value to contain. For example, type 2 if you want the column
value used in the calculation to contain two digits following the
decimal point.
Current Date Enables you to search by the current date or a date based on the
current date or to insert the current or calculated date in a column.
For example, if you could track the maturity dates for CDs by using
the current date in a computed column.
Null If Replaces the column’s value with a null value, if the column
contains the value that you enter. When you select this function, a
field appears below the function list enabling you to type the value
that you want replaced with null.
Current Date Inserts the date the query is run into a column.
Extract Enables you to obtain the part of a data value. For example, if a
date includes the month, day, and year, you could set DNAreport
to display only the year.

11. Click OK to save your settings.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 140
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Computed Columns

12. Repeat Steps 5 through 9 to add more columns to the expression, if needed.

Following the example of developing an average of the deposit and loan balances
per customer, your results should appear as illustrated below.
13. Click OK to close the Edit Column screen.
The Create Query screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 141

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Computed Date Column
Overview
A specific example describing how to create a computed column by adding a time
interval to the column, or subtracting either a time interval or a date is described in this
section.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Steps
Follow these steps to create a computed date column for a query.
1. On the Create Query screen, if the column you want to use is not already listed, add
the appropriate column.
Refer to “Create Query Screen” for more information.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 142

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Computed Date Column

A sample Create Query screen is illustrated below (the top section of the screen
is shown for an existing query):

2. To create a computed date column, click the name of the column in the COLUMN
NAME field.
The Edit Column screen appears.

To begin the process to create a computed column from the identified date column,
click the Computed button in the W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? field.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 143

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Computed Date Column

The Edit Column screen is refreshed as follows:

3. Do one of the following:

To…. Go to…
Add a time interval to the date column Step 5

Subtract a time interval or date from the date column Step 8

4. To add a time interval to the date column, click the plus + button in the section of the
Edit Column screen used to create a computed column.
The following Edit Column screen appears.

A time interval may be added to create a computed date column as follows:

b. Select the correct type of time interval in the W HAT TYPE OF INTERVAL IS THIS?
field.
c. In the W HAT VALUE DO YOU WANT? field, enter the value that should be added to
the date using the selected time interval. For example, if Hours is selected for the
time interval, 4 may be entered here to add four (4) hours to the date.
d. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 144

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Computed Date Column

5. To subtract a time interval or a date from the date column, click the minus − button in
the section of the Edit Column screen used to create a computed column
The following Edit Column screen appears.

6. To subtract a date from the date column,

a. Use the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT A COLUMN FROM? field to select the table
where the column with the correct date is located.
b. In the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? field, click the Select from RDMBS column
names box to check this box if appropriate, then select the column containing the
date that should be subtracted from the original date column
c. Click OK.
7. To subtract a time interval from the date column,
a. Select the Elapsed Time button in the W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? field.
b. An Edit Column screen similar to the screen in Step 6 appears that may be used
to enter the correct time interval as described in Step 6.
The Edit Column screen appears with the new computed column.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 145

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Computed Date Column

In this example, the user has requested the system to add a time interval of 4
hours to the DATEDUE column and then subtract the date in the
DATELASTMAINT column to create a computed date column for the query.
c. Click OK to accept the new computed column and return to the Create Query
screen.
8. When the Create Query screen reappears, click Save to save the query and return to
the Queries screen.
9. When the Queries screen appears, click DNApublisher to return to the My Page
screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 146

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Applying Functions to Column Values
Overview
When you add columns to a query, you can perform standard computations on a
column’s values. Instead of displaying the value found in the database, DNAreport first
applies the specified function to the value and then displays the computed value.
For example, you may be searching for customers within a certain profit percentile, and
you want to get a total of how many customers fall in that category. You could place a
Count function on the Name column to determine this value. Or, you may want to see a
total of all current account balances used in the query. To do that, you could place a sum
function on the Deposit Balance column.
Functions are applied after any qualifications that you set up are applied. For example, if
you apply a Count function to the Name column, and have filtered out all customer
names except those that begin with “A,” the Count function will count the number of
customer names included in the query (only the ones that begin with the letter “A”).
The following aggregate function types are available. An aggregate function is a function
that produces a single result based on the contents of an entire set of data.
Function Description
Average/Average Distinct Displays the average of all of the column’s values. For example,
you could display the average balance of all checking accounts
used in the report. Average Distinct works just like Average,
except it ignores any duplicate values in calculating the average.
Maximum Displays the maximum value of all of the column’s values. For
example, you could display the maximum age of a group of
customers.
Minimum Displays the minimum value of all of the column’s values. For
example, you could display the lowest profit contribution of a
customer group.
Sum/Sum Distinct Displays the sum of all of the column’s values. For example, you
could get a sum of current account balances. Sum Distinct works
just like Sum, except it ignores any duplicate values in calculating
the sum.
Count/Count Distinct Displays the total number of values found for the column. Use this
function to display a total count of the number of customers or
accounts that meet your criteria. Count Distinct works just like
Count, except it ignores all duplicate values in counting. When
counting both customers and accounts, use Count Distinct to
ensure that customers with multiple accounts are counted only
once; see “Using Count versus Count Distinct”.
Note: If you want to display the results of user-defined calculations for one or more
columns, you can create a computed column. For example, you could add two columns
together and display their result. Refer to “Creating Computed Columns” for more
information.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 147

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Applying Functions to Column Values

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to apply functions to column values.
1. From the Add Columns screen, choose a table and then select the column you want
to use.
Refer to “Adding Columns” for more information.
2. In response to the question, W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS?, choose a function from
the list box.
3. Click Add >.
The following example shows that the functions for the Name and Deposit Balances
were added and the user is in the process of including the Loan Balance function to
the calculation.
Note: To remove a function, click on the name in the right-hand list and click <
Remove.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 148

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Applying Functions to Column Values

4. After adding all of the columns you want to use, click OK.
Notice that any functions you selected for a column are included in the W HAT
COLUMNS DO YOU WANT IN THIS QUERY? list on the Create Query screen.

Using Count versus Count Distinct

Both of these functions return a count of the number of records that meet the query
criteria. The Count Distinct function differs in that it counts distinct (or unique) records.
You should use Count Distinct to ensure that customers with multiple accounts are not
counted more than once.
For example, suppose we use the Count function to return the number of customers with
checking account balances over $10,000.
 DNAreport finds all checking accounts with balances over $10,000 and counts
how many there are. Because we used the Count function, a customer with two
checking accounts containing balances over $10,000 would be counted twice.
 However, if we run the query using the Count Distinct function with the Tax
Person Number column instead, DNAreport removes any duplicates. For
example, customers with two checking accounts containing balances over
$10,000 would be counted only once.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 149

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Replacing a Column’s Value (Decoded)
Overview
DNAreport enables users to set up a column in which the original column values are
replaced with a chosen value. A specific replacement value (such as a word or a
number) can be entered that depends on the column’s original value, or the columns
value can be replaced with a value from another column. The user can also apply a
function to a column (for example, to obtain the total number of unique values found in a
column).
Note: A column’s value can be changed by replacing it only under certain conditions;
see “Conditionally Replacing a Column’s Value.” In addition, a column’s value can be
calculated; see “Creating computed columns”. The way the column’s value appears in
the report can be changed using display format options; see “Changing a Column’s
Display Format.”
There are many ways of using replacement column values. For example, you may want
to insert the text “Not available” in the Date of Birth column if the column does not
contain a value for a customer, rather than just leaving the column blank.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 150

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Replacing a Column’s Value (Decoded)

Steps
Because there are so many available options, the available options and a description of
each option are provided after each step. Consider these steps general guidelines:
1. On the Create Query screen, add a column that contains a value you want to
replace.
Refer to “Adding Columns” for details.
2. In the Add, delete, or edit columns list, click the name of the column that has the
values that you want to replace.
When you click the hyperlink, the Edit Column screen displays.
3. Change the column's name and description in the first two fields, if applicable.
You may want to enter a name that reflects what the column will contain. See
“Renaming Columns or Adding Descriptions” for details.
4. In the W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? field, select Decoded from the Function
dropdown list.
The bottom section of the screen changes to provide the options shown in the next
screen illustration.

Note: The table in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO TRANSLATE THE VALUES? field contains a
list of column values (original values) and the values that will replace them
(replacement values). The table always contains an entry for the original value of
Default.
5. In the HOW DO YOU WANT TO TRANSLATE THE VALUES? field, you can add or edit an
original value.
a. To add an original value to the table, click Add.
The Add Row screen displays. The Add Row screen enables you to select an
original column value that you will later replace with a replacement value.
b. To edit an existing value in the table, select the checkbox for the value in the
table and click Edit.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 151
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Replacing a Column’s Value (Decoded)

The Add Row screen displays. It shows the existing information.

Note: The Default value does not have a checkbox and cannot be edited. The
replacement value can be edited.
6. In the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO MATCH THE COLUMN TO? field of the Add Row screen,
choose a value or another column.
If you choose… Then…
Value You can type the value from the source database that you
want to replace in the W HAT VALUE DO YOU WANT TO
MATCH TO? field or you can select from a list of values. To
see a list of currently available values from the database,
click one of the SHOW LIST OF VALUES checkboxes. You
can select the value directly from the list box. In the WHAT
IS THE REPLACEMENT VALUE? field, enter a replacement
value or click Edit to make more complex selections in the
resulting Edit Column screen.
Another column Click Edit if you choose to use data from another column.
Another Edit Column screen displays. From there, you will
make selections depending on the type of column that you
choose. After you make your selections, click OK to return
to the Add Row screen.

7. When you are done making selections in the Add Row screen, click OK.
You return to the original Edit Column screen with the table.
8. Click OK to close the Edit Column screen to return to the Create Query screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 152

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Original or Replacement Values
Overview
You can edit any value represented by a hyperlink in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO
TRANSLATE THE VALUES? table.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to edit original or replacement values.
1. Click the appropriate hyperlink in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO TRANSLATE THE VALUES?
field of the original Edit Column screen.
Another Edit Column screen displays.
2. Choose the column type that you prefer. The screen changes to display additional
options, depending on your choice.
Note: All of the replacement values you select for a column must be of the same
data type (either text or numeric).
3. When you are done making the additional selections in the Edit Column screen, click
OK.
To rearrange rows, click an entry in the original Edit Column screen and click the Up
or Down arrow buttons to the right of the table. The replacement values are applied
to the column in the order in which they appear in the table. The Default row should
always be last in the table so that entry is matched last.
To delete an entry from the table, click the entry and click Delete. You cannot delete
the entry that contains Default as the original value.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 153

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Conditionally Replacing a Column’s Value (Case)
Overview
DNAreport enables you to set up a column in which the original column values are
replaced with the values you choose when certain conditions are met. You can enter a
specific replacement value (such as a word or a number) that depends on the column’s
original value, or you can replace the column’s value with a value from another column.
You can also apply a function to a column. For example, you can obtain the total number
of unique values found in a column.
Note: You can also change a column’s value by replacing it as described in “Replacing a
Column’s Value (Decoded)”. In addition, you can calculate a column’s value. See
“Creating Computed Columns”. You can change the way the column’s value appears in
the report using display format options. See “Changing a Column’s Display Format”.

Setting up Case Columns

Because you have so many options, the following steps guide you through a complete
process with all the options presented below each step with an explanation for each.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to replace a column’s value. Consider these steps general
guidelines.
1. On the Create Query screen, add a column that contains a value you want to
replace.
Refer to “Adding Columns” for details.
2. In the “Add, delete, or edit columns” list, click the hyperlinked name of the column
that has the value you want to replace.
The Edit Column screen displays.
3. If you want, change the column’s name and description in the first two fields.
You may want to enter a name that reflects what the column will contain. Refer to
“Renaming Columns or Adding Descriptions” for details.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 154

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Conditionally Replacing a Column’s Value (Case)

4. In the W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? field, select Case from the FUNCTION
dropdown list.
The bottom section of the screen changes to provide the options shown below. The
rows in the table contain a condition (When Clause) and what the column’s value will
be replaced with (Replacement Value). The table always contains an entry for an
original value of Default.

5. In response to the question, HOW DO YOU WANT TO TRANSLATE THE VALUES?

a. To add a row and a When Clause to the table, click Add.
The Edit Filter screen opens. In it you can specify how you want the column’s
value replaced. When you add a row, the Replacement Value is automatically set
to Null. After you set up a When Clause, you can edit its associated Replacement
Value.
b. To edit a row select the checkbox for the row and click Edit.
The Edit Filter screen displays, including the existing filter settings.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 155

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Conditionally Replacing a Column’s Value (Case)

6. In the W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT? field of the Edit Filter screen, choose the
column type.
You can choose an existing database column, or you can compute a column or
develop a column based on a function. The example above shows how the screen
looks when Database Column is selected.
After choosing the type, the remainder of the screen changes based on your
selection in step 1 of the Edit Filter screen. Complete the additional steps as
prompted by the steps listed on the Edit Filter screen.
7. Select how you want to compare the columns.
You can choose from several comparison operators such as EQUALS, or other
logical comparison such as LIKE. You can select the match case option to ensure
that DNAreport returns only those results that exactly match your comparison value.
8. Select the column you want to compare to.
You have several options here. You can choose a value that you type in, a database
column, a computed column, or a user prompt. The user prompt option enables you
to set up a question that you can ask the user to prompt a response during the
query. See “Including user prompts” for details.
9. To add additional constraints, click Add > under the DO YOU WANT TO ADD MORE
CONSTRAINTS? step.

The Edit Filter screen displays. Here you can add addition requirements to further
filter the information you will get from the query to minimize extraneous information
from appearing in the results.
10. Specify the replacement value that you want to use for the case.
You can type in a value specify a column for replacement.
Value − If you choose a value, you can type the value that you want to replace.
Another column − Click Edit if you choose to use data from another column.
Another Edit Column screen displays. From there, you can make selections
depending on the type of column that you choose.
11. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 156

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing When Clauses
Overview
You can edit any When clause represented by a hyperlink in the How do you want to
translate the values? table.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to edit “when” clauses.
1. Click the appropriate When clause hyperlink in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO TRANSLATE
THE VALUES? field of the original Edit Column screen.

The Edit Filter screen displays, enabling you to set up the value that will replace the
original value when the corresponding condition is met.
2. Choose the type of column that you want to use.
The screen changes based on your selection of column type.
Note: All of the replacement values you select for a column must be of the same
data type (either text or numeric).
3. Make the additional selections in the Edit Filter screen to define the selection you
made for column type.
4. Specify how you want to compare the columns.
Several logical operations are available to compare the columns. Choose the
appropriate option for the column type.
5. Specify what column you want to compare to.
You can choose a typed-in value, a database column, a computed column, or a user
prompt.
6. If you want to add additional constraints, click Add >.
You can add additional constraints to further filter your results.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 157

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing Replacement Values
Overview
You can edit any Replacement value in the “How do you want to translate the values?”
table.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to edit replacement values.
1. Click the appropriate Replacement Value hyperlink in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO
TRANSLATE THE VALUES? field of the original Edit Column screen.

Another Edit Column screen displays.

2. Choose the column type.
The screen changes to display additional options, depending on your choice.
Note: All of the replacement values you select for a column must be of the same
data type (either text or numeric).
3. When all selections in the Edit Column screen have been made, click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 158

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Rearranging Rows
To rearrange rows, click an entry in the original Edit Column screen and click the Up or
Down arrows to the right of the table.
The replacement values are applied to the column in the order in which they appear in
the table. Therefore, the Default row should always be last in the table so that entry is
matched last.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 159

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Excluding Duplicate Records
Overview
In DNAreport, duplicate records can be addressed in different ways. You can:
 Exclude duplicate rows from results
 Exclude duplicate values in functions, using the Count Distinct, Sum Distinct or
Avg Distinct functions.

Exclude Duplicate Rows from Results

If DNAreport returns identical rows of information in a search, you can exclude the
duplicates from the results. For example, suppose you create a query that lists customer
names and phone numbers within a certain ZIP code. Customers with more than one
account might be listed multiple times with identical information displayed. To remove
the duplicates, choose Yes in the “Do you want to eliminate duplicate rows from the
results?” field in the Create Query screen.

Exclude Duplicate Values in Functions

When performing counts, sums or averages, use the Distinct option to ignore all
duplicate values. For example, use the Count Distinct function to display a total count of
the number of customers, households, or accounts that meet your criteria, ignoring all
duplicate values in counting.
Note: When counting both customers and accounts, use Count Distinct to ensure that
customers with multiple accounts are counted only once.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 160

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Qualifying
Overview
Think of qualifying as a description of the information you are interested in finding. It is
easiest if you break the query into its separate parts. For example, you want to find all
individuals in a certain city with deposit balances over $15,000 who also have CDs
maturing within a certain time frame. Break down the query like this:
 Searching for primary customers AND
 City = Glastonbury, CT AND
 Balance > $15,000 AND
 CD maturity date after February 14
DNAreport needs three things for a qualification:
 Column (for example, the Balance column in the Common_Acct_Info table)
 Operator (this tells how the column is being compared; for example, use >= to
look for values greater than or equal to)
 Comparison (you can compare to another value, another column, a user
prompt or another query that contains a single column)

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
1. On the Create Query screen, click Add in the section, HOW DO YOU WANT TO QUALIFY
THIS QUERY?

The Edit Filter screen displays.

2. In the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE? field, select the type of value.
The screen changes to reflect your selection. Complete the remaining steps in this
section.
3. In the HOW DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE THE COLUMN? field, select an operator.
Refer to “Using Operators” for details about operators you can choose.
Note: To match data only if it has the same capitalization, choose Yes in the Match case
field.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 161

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Qualifying

4. In response to the question, W HAT DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE THE COLUMN TO?
a. Select an option from the following:
b. A typed-in value (default) − See “Qualifying a column with a Typed-In Value”.
c. Another database column − See “Qualifying a Column with a Database Column”.
d. A computed column − See “Qualifying a column with a Computed Column”.
e. A user prompt − See “Including User Prompts”.
The screen changes to display settings for the option you selected.
5. Make the additional settings as prompted by the value type.
6. Click OK.
The Create Query screen displays showing the new qualifier.
7. From this point you can,
a. Click Add to add more qualifiers.
By default, DNAreport inserts AND conditions between qualifiers, but you can
change them to OR conditions. You can also combine qualifiers to control the order
in which DNAreport uses the qualifiers to search the database. See “Using AND and
OR conditions” for details.
b. To edit a qualifier, select it and click Edit.
8. To delete a qualifier, select it and click Delete (to select more than one qualifier, hold
down the Ctrl key).

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 162

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using Operators
Overview
The operator you select in the Add Qualifier screen determines how DNAreport matches
data in the search. The EQUAL operator is selected by default.
You can use % and _ as wildcard characters, as described below.

Available Operators
The following table lists the operators you can use and examples of their use.
Note: If your database is on a DB2AS/400 server, you cannot use the LIKE, CONTAINS,
DOES NOT CONTAIN, STARTS WITH, and ENDS WITH operators.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 163

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using Operators

Operator Example
CONTAINS CONTAINS “1963”
When used with the Birth Date column (Individual table), matches
customers born in 1963.
STARTS WITH STARTS WITH “S”
When used with the Name column (Common_Acct_Info table),
matches all customers with a name starting with the letter S.
ENDS WITH ENDS WITH “JR”
When use with the Name column (Common_Acct_Info table),
matches all customers with the last two letters of JR in their
name.
DOES NOT CONTAIN DOES NOT CONTAIN “Y”
When used with the Employee Flag column (Common_Acct_Info
table), matches all customers that are not employees.
EQUALS =100
When used with the Profit Percentile column (Common_Acct_Info
table), matches customers whose profit percentile is 100.
DOES NOT EQUAL <>CK
When used with the Service column (General Account table),
matches services other than checking.
LESS THAN <2
When used with the Total Rels (P) column (Common_Acct_Info
table), matches customers with fewer than two primary
relationships.
LESS THAN OR EQUAL <=2
TO When used with the Number of Customers column (Household
table), matches household with one or two customers.
GREATER THAN >2/21/2001
When used with the Open Date column (General Account table),
matches accounts opened after February 21, 2001.
GREATER THAN OR >=4/10/2001
EQUAL TO When used with the First Contact Date (Common_Acct_Info
table), matches customers whose initial contact date was on or
after April 10, 2001.
IN IN CK, SAV, TD
When used with the Service column (General Account table),
matches CK, SAV and TD services.
Tip: When using the IN function, remember that the data set
containing the restriction cannot contain a null value. If a column
being comparing to in a sub-query has a null value, Report
Wizard returns "no matches found." To return correct results, add
a qualifier to your sub-query that excludes null values.
For example, when comparing the Tax ID column from one query
to another using the IN function, the sub-query must have a
qualifier that excludes columns where the Tax ID is null.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 164

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using Operators

Operator Example
NOT IN NOT IN 2,20
When used with the Product column (General Account table),
matches products whose codes are not 2 and 20.
Tip: When using the NOT IN function, remember that the data set
containing the restriction cannot contain a null value. If a column
being compared to in a sub-query has a null value, DNAreport
returns “no matches found.” To return correct results, add a
qualifier to the sub-query that excludes null values.
For example, when comparing the Tax Id column from one query
to another using the NOT IN function, the sub query must have a
qualifier that excludes columns where the Tax Id is null.
IS NULL IS NULL
When used with the Social Security column (Common_Acct_Info
table), matches customers with no social security number
included in the database.
IS NOT NULL IS NOT NULL
When used with the Work Phone column (Common_Acct_Info
table), matches customers that have a work phone listed in the
database.
BETWEEN BETWEEN 1000 and 5000
When used with the Balance column (Common_Acct_Info table),
matches customers with loan balances between $2,000 and
$5,000.
NOT BETWEEN NOT BETWEEN 1000 and 5000
When used with the Balance column (Common_Acct_Info table),
matches customers with balances less than $2,000 and greater
than $5,000.
LIKE LIKE Patt%
When used with the Name column (Common_Acct_Info table),
matches names that begin with “Patt” (for instance, Patterson
Phillip Arnold, Patterson Robert Donald, Pattison June Augusta).
NOT LIKE NOT LIKE Ols_n%
When used with the Name column (Common_Acct_Info table),
excludes all customers with the name Olsen or Olson.
Wildcard characters Using the % (percent) character matches any number of unknown
% and _ characters. The example below matches all customers with the
last name Brandt.
LIKE Brandt%
Using the _ (underscore) character matches a single unknown
character. The example below matches all customers with the
last name Olsen or Olson.
LIKE Ols_n%

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 165

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Qualifying a Column with a Typed-in Value
Overview
Qualifying a column with a typed-in value is the most common way of adding qualifiers.
For example, you would use it to find all customers with a profit percentile of 100, all
households with more than ten relationships or all customers with a null birth date.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to qualify a column with a typed-in value.
1. On the Edit Filter screen.
Refer to “Qualifying” for additional information.
2. In the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE THE COLUMN TO? step, choose Typed-in
value.
The last step displays options for this type of qualifying.
3. In the W HAT VALUE DO YOU WANT? step, enter a value.
a. To enter numbers, type the number. Do not include commas or dollar signs. (If
you include a comma, Query Builder treats it as a separator and creates two
qualifiers with an OR condition between them.)
b. To enter characters, type them without placing quotation marks around them. If
the Match case option is set to Yes, you must use the same case as is stored in
the database. For details about using wildcard characters, see “Using
Operators”.
c. Check the Show list of values box to display a list of all possible values contained
in the selected column, and click values from the list to add to the “What value do
you want to compare to?” field. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl key to insert multiple
values; Query Builder separates them with commas and treats them as separate
qualifiers joined by OR conditions.(Caution: If you select the Show list of values
option for a column with many different values, such as the Name column in the
Common_Acct_Info table, it can take a long time to return all values.) Alternately,
check the Show list of 10 sample values to display the specified number of
possible values for the column.
4. Click OK.
The Create Query screen displays, with the qualifier you added shown in the table.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 166
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using AND and OR conditions
Overview
Multiple qualifications can be applied to a single column, or one qualification can be
applied to multiple columns. This way the query can match both qualifications (an AND
condition) or either one (an OR condition).
If multiple qualifications are added for a column, DNAreport automatically inserts the
word AND between them.

To create an OR condition, click the word And between the qualifications and click the
Or button. The example below matches customers with more than five deposit OR loan
relationships.

Combining Qualifiers
In some queries, you will need to combine qualifications so that DNAreport interprets
them the way you want. For example, you want to search for customers in California
who have either more than five deposit relationships OR a total deposit balance greater
than $50,000.
After adding the qualifiers, they would look like this:

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 167

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using AND and OR conditions

DNAreport analyzes qualifications starting at the top. In this case, it would look for
customers who live in California and have more than five deposit relationships and
deposit balances greater than $50,000. To look for customers in California with either of
the deposit qualifications, these qualifications need to be combined. When combined,
they function as if parentheses were included around the qualifications to be interpreted
together, like this:
State=CA and (Deposit Rel (P)>5 or Deposit Balance >50000)

To combine qualifications, select the Checkboxes next to the qualifiers like this:

Click And or Or, depending on the condition you want. In our example, we clicked Or to
insert an OR condition between the selected qualifiers.

Note: To delete an AND or OR condition, select it and click Delete.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 168

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Qualifying a Column with a Database Column
Overview
In qualifications, you can compare one column with another. For example, suppose you
want to find customers with more deposit relationships than loan relationships, as shown
below.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to compare one column to another.
1. Display the Edit Filter screen.
See “Qualifying.”
2. For W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT?, choose Database Column.
The screen changes to display options for this type of qualifying.

3. Select a table and one of its columns.

4. Click OK.
The Create Query screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 169

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Qualifying a Column with a Computed Column
Overview
You can qualify columns with values determined by a calculation that you define. For
example, you can prepare a calculation that subtracts a fixed amount from the column’s
original value or a value from another column. You can also apply a function to a
column.
An example describing how to qualify a column with a computed date column by adding
a time interval to the date column or by subtracting either a time interval or a date is
described in this section.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Steps
Follow these steps to qualify a column with a computed date column.
1. Display the Edit Filter screen shown below.
See “Qualifying.”

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 170

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Qualifying a Column with a Computed Column

2. To create a computed date column as a qualifier for the column selected at the top of
the screen,
a. In the W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT? field in the bottom section of the
screen titled W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE TO?, click the Database
Column radio button.
b. In the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT A COLUMN FROM? field, select the table where
the date column is located.
c. In the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? field, click the Select from RDMBS column
names box to check this box if appropriate, then select the correct date column.
d. Click the Computed button in the W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT? field.
The Edit Filter screen is refreshed to allow the user to create the computed date
column.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 171

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Qualifying a Column with a Computed Column

3. Go to the appropriate step to create the computed date column.

To…. Go to…
add a time interval Step 4
subtract a time interval or date Step 5

4. To add a time interval to create the computed date column, click the plus + button in
the bottom section of the Edit Filter screen.
The following Edit Column screen appears.

A time interval may be added to create a computed date column as follows:

a. Select the correct type of time interval in the W HAT TYPE OF INTERVAL IS THIS?
field.
b. In the W HAT VALUE DO YOU WANT? field, enter the value that should be added to
the date using the selected time interval. For example, if Hours is selected for the
time interval, 4 may be entered here to add four (4) hours to the date.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 172

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Qualifying a Column with a Computed Column

c. Click OK to return to the Edit Filter screen.

5. To subtract a time interval or date to create the computed date column, click the
minus − button in the bottom section of the Edit Filter screen.
The following Edit Column screen appears:

To subtract a date from the date column,

b. Use the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT A COLUMN FROM? field to select the table
where the column with the correct date is located.
c. In the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? field, click the Select from RDMBS column
names box to check this box if appropriate, then select the column containing the
date that should be subtracted from the original date column.
d. Click OK.
To subtract a time interval from the date column,
a. Select the Elapsed Time button in the W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? field.
b. An Edit Column screen similar to the screen in Step 4 appears that may be used
to enter the correct time interval as described in Step 4.
c. Click OK to return to the Edit Filter screen.
6. When the Edit Filter screen reappears, click OK to save the qualifying data and
return to the Create Query screen.
7. When the Create Query screen reappears, click Save to save the query and return to
the Queries screen.
8. On the Queries screen, click DNApublisher to return to the My Page screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 173

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Including User Prompts
Overview
Prompts are requests by Query Builder to enter a value into a qualification. They enable
you to retrieve information for different values for a column each time you run the report.
For example, you might want to retrieve the same information about customers located
in different states. You can set up a query that prompts you to enter state abbreviations
each time you run the report.
You could also create a report that shows balances, numbers of accounts and interest
rates for each of your sub products. Instead of manually changing the report each time
you run it to specify a different service code, you can use a prompt so that you will be
asked which service you want to run the report on.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to include user prompts.
1. Display the Edit Filter screen.
See “Qualifying”.
2. Select User prompt under W HAT DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE THE COLUMN TO?
The last step displays options for this type of qualifying.
3. In the W HAT NAME DO YOU WANT TO GIVE THE PROMPT? field, type a name.
This name is for reference only.
4. In the W HAT QUESTION DO YOU WANT TO ASK THE USER? field, type information about
the value you want the user to enter.
5. Click OK.
The Query Builder screen displays.
6. Test the prompt by clicking View Results.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 174

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Display Prompts on Reports
Overview
If a system report allows user prompts, the user may check the Display User Prompt
Values on the REPORT HEADER field on the Prompts screen. The system will then
display/print the value entered or selected by the user for each prompt in the report
header (along with prompts for any sub query and query used to create the report). The
prompts display on each version of the report (i.e., printed and PDF, CSV, Custom
Delimited, and DMF files). Also, if a line or row on a report requested using prompts is
selected to request more detail for the identified person, message, etc., the prompts will
display at the top of the detail report.

In this Section
The following topic is included in this section:
 Displaying Prompts on Report Headers

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 175

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Displaying Prompts on Report Headers
Overview
If prompts are requested for any system report, the user may check the Display User
Prompt Values on the REPORT HEADER checkbox on the Prompts screen to request the
system to display or print each prompt in the report header. Note that if a query with a
sub query is used to build a report, any prompts used for both the sub query and the
query display in the report header.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Steps
Follow these steps to display prompts on report headers.
1. On the Prompts screen that appears after a report is requested,

To request the system to display or print each prompt in the report header, check
the DISPLAY USER PROMPT VALUES ON THE REPORT HEADER checkbox.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 176

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Displaying Prompts on Report Headers

When the report displays, the values entered for each prompt displays in the
header as shown.

2. Other versions of the report can also be requested.

a. Click the PDF Report icon at the bottom of the screen to request the report in the
Adobe PDF format
b. Click the Download Results icon to request the system to download the report
results to a .csv or Excel file.
Each version of the report displays the prompts in the header.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 177

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Viewing SQL Statements
Structured Query Language (SQL) is a standard programming language used to retrieve
information from a database. When you build a query, Query Builder translates your
instructions into SQL so that it can communicate with the database. If you are familiar
with SQL, you may want to view the SQL statements that Query Builder generates. To
do this, click View SQL on the Create Query screen. The SQL code displays in a
separate browser page, as shown below.
To print the SQL code, click the Print icon that appears at the bottom of the screen.

Canceling a Query
You can cancel a query while it is in process. For example, maybe more records are
being returned than you want or you want to change the query’s settings. Simply close
the View Results (secondary browser) screen.
Note: You can also edit a query while it is processing. You will need to click View
Results again to halt processing and begin new processing.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 178

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating SQL Query
Important! Client Care will not assist clients in writing SQL Statements for SQL
Query.

Overview
The SQL Query feature allows you to:
 Enter a SQL SELECT statement directly into cView's Query Builder
 Save a SQL SELECT statement from a Standard Query as a SQL Query
 View the results of a SQL Query
 Use a SQL Query to create a report
 Use a SQL Query as a sub-query to create a segment in DNAmarket
 Export a SQL Query
 Delete a SQL Query
A SQL Query can only contain a SQL SELECT statement. This means that SQL queries
can only read data from a database. The SQL Query feature cannot be used to alter
data in the database (by adding, changing or deleting rows) or to change the structure of
the database (by adding a column to a table, dropping a table, or changing the attributes
of a database object.) Refer to the "Rules for Creating SQL Queries" section for specific
information about the SQL syntax that is supported.
In order to create or maintain a SQL Query, a user must be a member of the
RWPowerUser workgroup. The RWPowerUser workgroup is a system-generated
workgroup that controls access to the SQL Query feature. This limits the ability to write
SQL queries to a certain set of users. A user who is a member of the RWPowerUser
workgroup can create, delete, edit and own SQL queries. A user who is not a member of
the RWPowerUser group can only read and execute SQL queries. Refer to the
"Authorizing Users for SQL Query" section for more information about the
RWPowerUser workgroup.
Like other queries, a SQL Query requires a connection to the cView database in order to
read data from the database. SQL queries use the connection information from a cView
datasource in order to connect to the database. Database access is determined by the
database permissions associated with the database user ID and password of the data
source. Refer to the "Database Connections for SQL Queries" section for more
information about database connections for SQL Query.
Similar to Standard queries, a SQL query can contain user prompts. This means that
when a user runs a SQL query, the query can ask the user to enter one or more values,
such as a beginning date and an ending date. The SQL query uses these values to
retrieve specific information from the database.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 179

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Rules for Creating SQL Queries
The following rules apply to creating SQL queries:
 Only SELECT statements are allowed; no updates, deletions, insertions or
changes to database structure are allowed.
 Only a single SQL SELECT statement can be included in a SQL query.
However, UNION, MINUS and sub-SELECT are allowed.
 cView does not validate SQL syntax except to ensure that the statement is a
SQL SELECT statement. When a user runs a SQL query, the SQL statement is
passed directly to the database. If there is a problem with the SQL statement,
cView displays the error(s) returned by the database.
 Comment Lines not allowed in SQL Query.
 A user can include a user prompt in a SQL statement using the following
syntax:
 WHERE [column name] [logical operator] {[prompt question],[prompt
name],[datatype]}
 Valid datatypes are Text, Date and Number.
 This prompt feature presents a prompt dialog in the same way for SQL
queries as it does for Standard queries.
A Standard Query can be saved as a SQL Query. In this case:
 The user is required to enter a new name for the SQL Query. This prevents the
Standard Query from being overwritten.
 There is no subsequent connection between the SQL Query and the Standard
Query. Subsequent changes to the Standard Query do not affect the SQL
Query. Subsequent changes to the SQL Query do not affect the Standard
Query.
 A SQL Query cannot be converted to any other type of cView query, such as
Standard Query, Profile Query, or Super Query.
 Neither a Profile Query nor a Super Query can be saved as a SQL Query.
Note: To use this functionality the institution must add at least one user to the
RWPowerUser workgroup.

Database Connections for SQL Queries

SQL queries require a database connection in order to retrieve data from the database.
This is a description of how SQL queries establish a connection to a database:
SQL queries use the connection information from a cView datasource in order to
connect to a database. This information consists of the database type, the network
address, and the port, the SID or database name, the user ID and the password.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 180

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Rules for Creating SQL Queries

 Database access is determined by the database permissions associated with

the database user ID and password specified in the datasource. This means
that the permissions associated with a SQL Query reside in the database --
Oracle or SQL Server -- via the GRANT and DENY privileges assigned to the
user ID.
 With the exception of database connection information, a SQL query does not
use information stored in the cView datasource. For example:
 Show/Hide tables – There is no validation to verify that tables referenced in a
SQL query are marked as “Show” in the datasource. This means that a SQL
query can reference tables that are hidden in the datasource.
 Column references - There is no validation to verify that columns referenced
in a SQL query are included in the datasource. This means that a SQL query
can reference columns that have been removed from the datasource.
 Computed or Derived columns – Because these columns do not physically
exist in the database, these columns cannot be used directly in a SQL query.
In order to include a computed column in a SQL query, the user must
manually code the computed column in the SQL statement.
 Friendly names – Friendly names do not exist in the database. In order to use
a friendly name for a column, the user must manually include the friendly
name in the SELECT clause using the AS keyword. For example: SELECT
CUS_NO AS CustomerNumber, CUS_KEY AS "Customer Key" FROM
CUST.

In This Section
The following topics are included in this section:
 Authorizing Users for SQL Query
 Assigning Permissions for SQL Query
 Procedures to Maintain SQL Queries
 Create, View Results and Save a SQL Query
 Including a User Prompt in a SQL Query
 Saving a Standard Query as a SQL Query
 Using a SQL Query as a Sub-query to Create a Segment
 Using a SQL Query to Create a Report
 Exporting a SQL Query
 Deleting a SQL Query
 Deleting a SQL Query User

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 181

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Authorizing Users for SQL Query
Overview
In order to create or maintain a SQL Query, a user must be a member of the
RWPowerUser work group. The RWPowerUser workgroup is a system-generated
workgroup that controls access to the SQL Query feature. A user with administration
rights can assign a new user to this workgroup or edit an existing user and add that user
to this workgroup. A user with administration rights can remove a user from the
RWPowerUser workgroup, but must make sure that the queries owned by that user are
reassigned to other users.
The following rules apply to the RWPowerUser work group:

A user who is a member of the RWPowerUser group is not an admin user.
Members of the RWPowerUser group cannot perform general Administration
functions such as assigning permissions, creating or editing users, and creating
or editing workgroups. Note: A user can be a member of both the
RWPowerUser workgroup and the admin workgroup; this user is able to
perform Administration functions and create SQL queries.
 The RWPowerUser group only applies to Report Manager and Query Builder. It
is not available in other parts of cView. For example, the RWPowerUser group
is not available in DNAactivity. Unlike other work groups, the RWPowerUser
workgroup cannot be used in DNAactivity to assign activities, assign stations,
receive emails, or receive scheduled reports.
 A user who is a member of the RWPowerUser group can create, delete, edit
and own SQL queries. Members of the RWPowerUser group can be granted
full permissions to SQL queries. Members of the RWPowerUser group can own
SQL queries. Members of the RWPowerUser group can edit and save SQL
queries that were created by other members of the RWPowerUser group.
 Only a member of the RWPowerUser group can import a SQL query or a report
based on a SQL Query. Users who are not members of the RWPowerUser
group cannot import a SQL query or a report based on a SQL Query.
 A user who is not a member of the RWPowerUser group can only read and
execute SQL Queries. Users who are not members of the RWPowerUser
group can only be granted Read permission to SQL Queries. Users who are
not members of the RWPowerUser group cannot own SQL Queries.
The RWPowerUser workgroup is available on the New User and Edit User screens.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 182

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Authorizing Users for SQL Query

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder

Steps
Follow these steps to authorize a new user or an existing user for SQL Query.
1. On the Administration screen,

Do one of the following:

To… Go to…
Authorize a new user for SQL Query Step 2
Authorize an existing user for SQL Query Step 3

2. To authorize a new user for SQL Query,

a. Click New.
The New User screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 183

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Authorizing Users for SQL Query

b. Complete the required fields in the ENTER THE USER'S NAME AND LOGIN ID: field.
c. Check the RWPOWERUSER checkbox in the W HICH W ORKGROUPS DOES THIS
USER BELONG TO? field.

d. Complete the required fields in the ADD/CHANGE THE USER'S PERSONAL

INFORMATION field.
Note: The required fields are necessary for processing. However, you can
complete as many or as few of the non-required fields as you want.
e. Click Accept.
The new user is created and added to the RWPowerUser workgroup and the
Administration screen displays. The new user is listed in the USER
ADMINISTRATION list box.
3. To authorize an existing user for SQL Query,
a. On the Administration screen, select a user from the USER ADMINISTRATION list
box.
b. Click Edit.
The Edit User screen displays.
c. Check the RWPOWERUSER checkbox.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 184

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Authorizing Users for SQL Query

Note: Since this is an existing user, he must already be a member of at least one
workgroup. In this example, the USER checkbox in the Workgroups section was
already selected when the Edit User screen was initially displayed.
d. Click Accept.
The user is added to the RWPowerUser workgroup and the Administration
screen displays.
4. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 185

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Assigning Permissions for SQL Queries
Unlike other types of queries, cView enforces certain permissions for SQL queries. Here
are the default permissions for SQL Queries that are assigned to users of the three
system-generated workgroups:
Workgroup Create Edit Delete Save Read Execute
RWPowerUser

Admin

User

The default permissions for members of the RWPowerUser workgroup allow them to:
 Create a SQL query. The user who creates the SQL query is the owner of that
query.
 Edit a SQL query (one that they own or one that is owned by another user).
 Delete a SQL Query.
 Set permissions for specific SQL Queries that they own. This can further limit
access to a SQL query, even for other members of the RWPowerUser
workgroup.
A cView user who is a member of the admin workgroup can set permissions for SQL
Queries owned by members of the RWPowerUser workgroup, even if the cView admin
user is not a member of the RWPowerUser workgroup. However, the admin workgroup
must have Read/Write permissions on the SQL Query to set permissions.
The Permissions screen enforces the default permissions. For example, when a cView
admin user selects SQL Query as the query type on the Permissions screen, Read Write
permission is disabled for all workgroups except the RWPowerUser workgroup. When a
member of the RWPowerUser workgroup clicks on the owner link of a SQL query that he
owns, Read/Write permission is disabled for all workgroups except the RWPowerUser
workgroup on the Query Builder / Permissions screen.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Customize > Permissions

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 186

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Create, View Results and Save a SQL Query

Steps
Follow these steps to assign permissions for SQL Query Users.
1. On the Permissions screen,

a. Select SQL Queries from the W HICH OBJECTS DO YOU WANT TO SET PERMISSIONS
FOR? list box. The screen refreshes.

Note: Because the Permissions screen enforces permissions for SQL queries,
the Read Write permission is only available for the RWPowerUser workgroup.
The Read Write permission is disabled for all other workgroups.
b. Select an object from the W HICH ONE OF THE OBJECTS DO YOU WANT? list box. The
screen refreshes.
c. Select desired permissions from the W HAT ARE THE DESIRED PERMISSION
SETTINGS FOR EACH WORKGROUP? list box.

d. Select an owner for the object from the W HO SHOULD BE THE OWNER OF THIS
OBJECT? list box.

e. Click Accept.
The permissions are assigned to the new owner selected and the My Page
screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 187

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Procedures to Maintain SQL Queries
Overview
The SQL Query feature allows you to:
 Create, view results and save a SQL Query.
 Include one or more user prompts in a SQL Query.
 Save a Standard Query as a SQL Query.
 Use a SQL Query as a sub-query to create a segment in DNAmarket.
 Use a SQL Query to create a report.
 Export a SQL Query.
 Delete a SQL Query.
The following sections describe the procedures for each of these functions.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 188

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Create, View Results and Save a SQL Query
A user who is a member of the RWPowerUser group can create a SQL Query.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder / Queries

Steps
Follow these steps to create, view results and save a SQL Query.
1. On the DNApublisher Portal screen,
a. Select Query Builder.
The Query Builder / Queries screen displays.
b. Select SQL Query from the NEW dropdown list and click New.
Note: The SQL Query option only appears in the NEW dropdown list if the user is
a member of the RWPowerUser workgroup.
The Query Builder / SQL Query screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 189

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Create, View Results and Save a SQL Query

2. To create a SQL Query using the Query Builder / SQL Query screen,
a. You can use the database connection information from the default datasource or
you can choose a database connection. To choose a database connection, click
Choose Database Connection.
The Choose a Database Connection dialog box displays.

b. Select an appropriate datasource from the Name grid.

Note: SQL Queries only use the database connection information from the
datasource. SQL Queries do not use any other information from the datasource,
such as hidden tables, hidden columns, friendly names, derived columns or
computed columns. If you do not choose a database connection, the SQL Query
uses the database connection information from the default datasource.
c. Click OK.
d. Type a name for your SQL Query in the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS
QUERY? field.

e. Type a SQL SELECT statement in the ENTER A SQL SELECT STATEMENT field.
There is no limit to the length of the SQL statement.
Note: UNION, MINUS and sub-SELECT clauses are allowed in the SQL
SELECT statements.
3. To view the results of the query, click View Results.
The View Results dialog box displays with results.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 190

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Create, View Results and Save a SQL Query

4. To save the SQL Query, click Save.

The Query Builder / Queries screen displays. SQL queries are identified by a query
icon that contains the text SQL.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 191

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Including a User Prompt in a SQL Query
User prompts are requests by Query Builder to enter a value into a SQL WHERE clause.
A SQL Query can contain one or more user prompts. This prompt feature presents a
prompt dialog in the same way for SQL queries as it does for Standard queries.
A user can include a user prompt in a SQL statement using the following syntax in the
WHERE clause:
WHERE [column name] [logical operator] {[prompt question][prompt name],[datatype]}
The prompt question and prompt name must be enclosed in double quotes. Valid
datatypes for user prompts are: Text, Date and Number.
Note that the syntax for including a user prompt in a SQL statement is specific to cView;
this is not a standard feature of SQL.
Here is an example of a user prompt that uses the Date datatype:
Select NAME, CUS_TYPE, FRST_CONT_DT, HOME_CONTACT_PHONE,
WORK_BUS_PHONE FROM CUST WHERE (FRST_CONT_DT >= TO_DATE({"Enter
earliest first contact date:","Earliest First Contact
Date",Date},'MM/DD/YYYY'))
The TO_DATE() function is required in order to ensure that both values in the WHERE
clause are valid dates.
Note: The user prompt can be embedded in the TO_DATE() function. Also, you do not
need to put quotes around the user prompt syntax when you embed it in a function.
cView automatically puts quotes around the prompt value when cView inserts the prompt
value in the SQL statement.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder / Queries

Steps
Follow these steps to include a user prompt in a SQL Query.
1. To create a SQL Query with user prompts using Query Builder,
On the Query Builder / Queries screen, select SQL Query from the NEW dropdown
list and click New.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 192

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Including a User Prompt in a SQL Query

2. Type a SQL SELECT statement that includes one or more user prompts. This
example shows a user prompt with a Date data type.

Note: Users can enter a SQL SELECT statement with user prompts for Text,
Date or Number data types.
b. Click Save.
c. Click View Results.
The Query Builder / User Prompts screen displays.

3. Enter the value for the user prompt.

a. Type the effective date in the 1. ENTER EARLIEST FIRST CONTACT DATE: field.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 193
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Including a User Prompt in a SQL Query

b. Select the DISPLAY USER PROMPT VALUES ON THE REPORT HEADER checkbox.
c. Click OK.
The View Results screen displays with the user prompt.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 194

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Saving a Standard Query as a SQL Query
A Standard Query can be saved as a SQL Query. In this case:
The user is required to enter a new name for the SQL Query. This preserves
the Standard Query.
 There is no subsequent connection between the SQL Query and the Standard
Query. Subsequent changes to the Standard Query do not affect the SQL
Query. Subsequent changes to the SQL Query do not affect the Standard
Query.
The user must be a member of the RWPowerUser workgroup in order to save a
Standard Query as a SQL Query.
Notes:
 A SQL Query cannot be converted to any other type of cView query, such as
Standard Query, Profile Query, or Super Query.
 Neither a Profile Query nor a Super Query can be saved as a SQL Query.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder / Queries

Steps
Follow these steps to save a Standard Query as a SQL Query. This example uses a new
Standard Query.
1. On the Query Builder / Queries screen,
a. Select Standard Query from the NEW dropdown list.
b. Click New.
The Query Builder / Create Query screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 195

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Saving a Standard Query as a SQL Query

2. On the Query Builder / Create Query screen,

a. Type a name for your query in the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS QUERY?
field.
b. To add columns and table to the query, click Add.
The Query Builder / Add Columns screen displays.
c. Select a table from the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT TO ADD COLUMNS FOR
dropdown list.
d. Select a function from the W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT TO ADD dropdown list.
e. Select the columns and click Add >.
f. Click OK.
The table and column name are updated on the Query Builder / Create Query
screen.
3. Click View SQL on the Query Builder / Create Query screen.
The Query Builder / View SQL screen displays.

b. Click Save As SQL Query.

The Save As SQL Query screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 196

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Saving a Standard Query as a SQL Query

c. Select a location for the SQL Query and provide a new name for the SQL Query.
Click OK.
The SQL Query is saved in the specified location and the Query Builder / SQL
Query screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 197

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a SQL Query as a Sub-query to Create a Segment
Overview
A SQL Query can be used as a sub-query to create a segment in DNAmarket. To do
this, a DNAmarket user creates a segment query that uses one or more SQL Queries as
sub-queries.
For example:
 A member of the RWPowerUser workgroup can create a SQL Query called
“Millionaire Customers”. This query selects all customers with a primary deposit
balance greater than $1 million. This query returns a single column: CUS_NO.
 An Admin user can grant permission to execute the “Millionaire Customers”
query to all DNAmarket users.
 A DNAmarket user can create a segment query that uses the SQL Query
“Millionaire Customers” as a sub-query in a qualifier (CUS_NO = Millionaire
Customers).
Note that the usual rule for sub-queries applies to the SQL Query: the sub-query must
return only one column.

Prerequisites
The DNAmarket module must be installed in order to use Segment Manager.

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder / Queries

Steps
Follow these steps to use a SQL Query as a sub-query to create a segment in
DNAmarket.
1. To use a SQL Query to create a segment,
a. Select My Page > Segment Manager.
The Segment Manager / Segments screen displays.

b. Click Create Segment….

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 198

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a SQL Query as a Sub-query to Create a Segment

2. On the Segment Manager / Create Segment screen,

a. Type a name for the segment in the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS SEGMENT?
field.
b. Click Add.
The Segment Manager / Add Columns screen displays.

c. Select a table from the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT TO ADD COLUMNS FROM?
dropdown list.
d. Select a function from the W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT TO ADD? dropdown list.
e. Select the columns in the W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT TO ADD? heading and
click Add >.
f. Click OK.
The table and column name are updated on the Segment Manager / Create
Segment screen.
g. Click Add in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO QUALIFY THIS QUERY? field.
h. Select a column to compare to the sub-query in the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT?
dropdown list.(in this example the CUS_NO column was used).
i. Select the IN operator.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 199
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a SQL Query as a Sub-query to Create a Segment

The Segment Manager / Edit Filter screen displays.

j. Select SavedQuery from the W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT? field.
k. The W HAT QUERY DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE TO? field displays. Click Choose.
Select the SQL Query that you want to use as a sub-query.
l. Click OK.
The segment with a standard query and sub-query within as a qualifier displays
on the Segment Manager / Create Segment screen.

m. Click View Results to view the results of the query.

n. Click Save.
The segment is saved in the Segment Manager / Segments screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 200

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a SQL Query to Create a Report
A SQL Query can be used to create a report. The user must be a member of the
RWPowerUser workgroup in order to create a report from a SQL Query.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder / Queries

Steps
Follow these steps to use a SQL Query to create a report.
1. To create a report from a SQL Query,
a. On the Query Builder / Queries screen,

b. Click the Report icon to create a report for the query.

The Report Manager / View Report screen displays with the report results.
2. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 201

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Exporting a SQL Query
A user can export a SQL Query to create a report. The user does not need to be a
member of the RWPowerUser workgroup in order to export a SQL Query. However, a
user must be a member of the RWPowerUser group to import a SQL Query.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder / Queries

Steps
Follow these steps to export a SQL Query.
1. To export a SQL Query,
a. On the Query Builder / Queries screen,

b. Click Export to save an XML file with a .query file extension.

The File Download dialog box displays to save the file.
2. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 202

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting a SQL Query
A user can delete a SQL Query. The user must be a member of the RWPowerUser
workgroup in order to delete a SQL Query. In addition, the user must have Read Write
permission in order to delete the SQL Query.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder / Queries

Steps
Follow these steps to delete a SQL Query.
1. To delete a SQL Query,
a. On the Query Builder / Queries screen,

b. Click the delete icon (the trash can) for the query. The delete confirmation dialog
displays.
c. Click OK to delete the SQL Query.
2. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 203

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting a SQL Query User
Overview
When a SQL Query user – that is, a user who is a member of the RWPowerUser
workgroup – creates a SQL Query, that user becomes the owner of the SQL Query. If
the SQL Query user is deleted, then that SQL Query must be assigned to a new owner.
There are two conditions for deleting a SQL Query user:
 An admin user uses the Delete function on the Administration screen to delete
a user who is a member of the RWPowerUser workgroup. In this case, the
delete process asks the admin user to reassign the deleted user's SQL
Queries. If the user is also a member of an DNAactivity workgroup, the delete
process asks the admin user to reassign the user's activities.
 An admin user uses the Edit Workgroup screen to remove the user from the
RWPowerUser workgroup and reassign that user's SQL Queries.
Note: Because of the requirement to reassign ownership of SQL Queries, the Edit User
screen cannot be used to remove a user from the RWPowerUser workgroup. If an admin
user attempts to remove a user from the RWPowerUser workgroup via Edit User, the
admin user receives a message stating that the Edit Workgroup function must be used
instead.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Administration

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 204

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting a SQL Query User

Steps
Follow these steps to delete a SQL Query user.
1. Do one of the following:
To… Go to…
Delete a SQL Query User via Administration Step 2
Remove a user from RWPowerUser via Edit Workgroup Step 3

2. On the Administration screen,

a. Select a user from the User Administration group box.
b. Click Delete.
The Delete User screen displays.

c. Select a user to assign the objects from the SELECT A USER FOR DELETED USER'S
OBJECTS list box.

d. Select a user to assign the SQL Queries from the SELECT A USER FOR DELETED
USER'S SQL QUERIES list box.

e. If the user was also a member of an DNAactivity workgroup, select a user to

assign the activities from the SELECT A USER FOR DELETED USER'S ACTIVITIES list
box.
Note: The SELECT A USER FOR DELETED USER'S ACTIVITIES list box will only appear
on the Delete User screen if the user was a member of both the RWPowerUser
workgroup and another workgroup.
f. Click Accept.
The user is deleted. Go to Step 4.
3. To remove a user from the RWPowerUser workgroup,
a. On the Administration screen, select the RWPowerUser workgroup and click
Edit.
The Edit Workgroup screen displays. Note that the USERS AVAILABLE IN THIS
WORKGROUP list box displays both the users in the workgroup and a number in

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 205

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting a SQL Query User

parentheses. The number in parentheses is the number of SQL Queries owned

by that user.

b. Select a user from the USERS AVAILABLE IN THIS WORKGROUP list and click
Remove.
c. If the user owns SQL Queries, select a user to assign the SQL Queries from the
SELECT A USER FOR DELETED USER'S SQL QUERIES list box.
d. Click Accept.
The user is removed from the RWPowerUser workgroup.
4. To return to DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 206

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries
Overview
DNAreport enables you to combine the results of multiple queries, extending the scope
of the information you can present in a report. You join them by specifying a common
column in each query. DNAreport searches the specified columns for identical values,
and then matches the corresponding rows of data.
Some ways of using super queries:
 You create a query that retrieves information about installment loans maturing
within the next month. You would like to display the information for the current
month next to corresponding information from last month. You would use a
super query to append results from the first query to those from the second.
 You are creating a mailing list for installment loan customers. The campaign
includes both primary and secondary account holders, and you want to use
both account holders’ names on the campaign materials. But you cannot
combine the names in your mail merge because each account holder shows up
in a separate row in your query. You would use a super query to join names
from both rows into a single row.
Typically, the two queries will have at least one column in common (such as account
number or name) that you will use to perform the join.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to create a super query.
1. Create the two queries containing data you want to combine in a super query.
For the installment loan example highlighted above, we created a query that looks for
a group of installment loan accounts and displays the primary customers’ names. We
created a second query by saving the first query under a new name, and then
changed it to display secondary account holders’ names instead.
Keep in mind that in these queries, you need to display the column with which you
will merge the queries. In our example, we displayed an IL account number column
in each query, for use in later merging the queries.
Now you are ready to create the super query that merges the two queries.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 207

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

2. At the top of the Queries screen, choose Super Query and click New.
The Query Builder (for super queries) screen displays.
3. In response to the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS SUPER QUERY? field, type a
name for the super query.
(Click Choose to store the super query in a different location.)
Next you will add columns from the queries you created in step 1.
4. In response to the prompt, CHOOSE COLUMNS FROM A QUERY, click Choose.
The screen shown below displays. First you need to specify the query from which to
add columns.

5. In response to the question, W HAT QUERY DO YOU WANT TO ADD?, click Choose.
An Object Store Chooser dialog box opens, prompting you to select a query. Choose
a different folder from the folder hierarchy, if needed.
6. Select a query and click OK.
The screen displays, with the selected query’s name and columns displayed. Next
you will select the columns from this query that you want to display in the super
query.
7. In response to the question, W HAT COLUMNS DO YOU WANT TO ADD?
Select the checkbox for each of the columns you want to add, or click Select all to
select (check) all available checkboxes.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 208

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

8. Click OK to add the selected columns.

The main Super Query screen displays, now showing the columns you added.
9. Click Add.
The screen for adding a query opens again.
10. Repeat Steps 5 through 8, this time selecting the second query and choosing
columns from it to display in the super query.
The screen looks a little different than it did for the first query. Each column has, in
addition to a checkbox on the left, a dropdown menu to the right. The dropdown lists
the columns that were already included in the super query so far. This is how you link
queries in a super query. For each query, select a column to map to one of the other
columns in the super query.
This is where to specify how you want information matched in the super query. For
the second query, select a column to map to one of the other columns in the super
query. Note that a column with text or numeric data type may be matched to another
column with text or numeric data type. For example, a numeric column may be
matched to a character column, and vice versa. DNAreport looks for an exact match
(inserting an equal operator) between the columns you select. You may select more
than one pair of columns to match between two queries. (This only applies to
numeric and text data types).
11. Click the checkboxes to choose the columns from this query to be included in the
super query.
You may also use the Select all and Deselect all options.
12. Choose one of the selected columns to map to another query, and use the dropdown
to select the column to map it to.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 209

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

The dropdown lists all of the columns that were added to the super query thus far.
DNAreport will look for an exact match (inserting an equal operator) between the
columns you select.
For our example, we selected the same column (IL account number) from each
query. When DNAreport finds an equal match between account numbers in the
queries, it will merge the information onto a single row.
In your second query, you must map using a column that you will add to the super
query, i.e., one that you will select using the checkbox.
In rows where an exact data match is found between the two queries for each pair of
columns specified here, the two rows from the separate queries are combined as
one in the super query. In the cases where there is not a match, the rows from the
individual queries appear as individual rows in the super query results.
13. Click OK to close the screen for adding columns.
The Create Query (for super queries) screen displays.
Note that the columns that you mapped (“IL Account Number” in our example) are
now shown as one column.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 210

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

The default setting is that the rows will be combined, rather than appended, where
exact data matches are found between the pairs of columns specified in Step 12.
14. Click View Results to run the super query and see its results.

This is an example of how the results from the two queries display when Append =
No.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 211

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

15. Click Yes if you want the results rows from each query to be appended to the rows
from the previous query.
16. Click View Results to run the super query and see its results.

This is an example of how the results from the two queries will display when Append
= Yes.
17. Click Save to save the super query.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 212

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

Note:
In case of mismatched data types of the columns from two or more queries being
compared in a Super Query, the system will temporarily convert the data from both these
columns into Varchar data-type to be able to compare data. However, the data-type of
the resultant common or matched column in the Super query will be based on the data-
type of the first column? selected in the Super Query.
A. If the match column from the first query was a Numeric one, the matched column in
the Super query will be a Numeric one, too. Accordingly it will show on the Report
generated from this Super Query as a Numeric Column and all the Aggregate Functions
of Min, Max, Sum, Average etc. will be available on this report column.
B. If the match column from the first query was a Varchar, the matched column in the
Super query will be a Varchar, too. Accordingly it will show on the Report generated from
this Super Query as a Varchar Column.
The two scenarios are explained with the help of a set of screen shot examples below:
Two constituent queries Query 1 and Query 2 were considered for creating a Super
Query. The ACCT_NO column from Query 1 and the ACCTNBR column from Query 2
contained Account Numbers for customers, but in different data-types. The ACCT_NO
column from Query 1 is of Numeric data-type whereas the ACCTNBR column from
Query 2 is of Varchar data-type. See the example of results from the two queries below:

(Numeric data defaults to displaying numbers right-aligned within the column. The
Varchar (text) data defaults to display the data left-aligned within the column.)
Scenario A:
A Super Query was created using the ACCT_NO column from Query 1 and the
ACCTNBR column from Query 2 as the join column (selecting the queries/columns in
that order).

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 213

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

The common column in the Super Query assumes its name and data-type based on the
first join column selected in the Super Query. In our example it was ACCT_NO column
from Query 1 and hence the common column in the Super Query is named ACCT_NO
and is of Numeric data-type. See the example results of the Super Query below:

A report was generated from this Super Query and as the example screen shot displays
below, all the numeric functions of Average, Sum, Maximum, Minimum etc. are available
on the common column ACCT_NO in the Super Query, which is of numeric data-type.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 214

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

Scenario B.
Another Super Query was created using Query 1 and Query 2 as shown above, but this
time the selection of queries and columns in the Super Query were reversed. In this
example, the ACCTNBR column from Query 2 was selected as the first query/column in
the Super Query and the ACCT_NO column from Query 1 was used as the second
query/column.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 215

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating Super Queries

As a result, the common column in the Super Query assumes its name and data-type
based on the ACCTNBR column from Query 2 and is of Varchar data-type. See the
example results of the Super Query below

A report was then generated from this Super Query and as shown in the example screen
below, the common column ACCTNBR displays as a Varchar data-type column with no
numeric functions available.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 216

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Comparing Columns in a Query to a Sub Query
Overview
You may also build a standard query and compare a column in the query to a column in
a “sub query”. A sub query consists of a standard query listing a single column that is
referenced in another query to qualify a specific database column on the Edit Filter
screen.

Procedures

Prerequisites
At least one standard query must be set up to use as the “sub query".

Restrictions
The sub query can list only a single column in the Add, edit, or delete columns field.

Related Procedures
None

Steps
Follow these steps to compare any column in a query to a column in a sub query.
1. When the initial My Page screen displays, choose Query Builder.
2. When the Queries screen appears,
a. Click New to build a new query.
OR
b. Select an existing standard query.
3. The Create Query screen appears (the top section of this screen is shown below for
an existing query):

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 217

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Comparing Columns in a Query to a Sub Query

4. To begin the process to compare a column in the query to a column in a sub query,
a. Click Add in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO QUALIFY THIS QUERY? field.
The Edit Filter screen appears.

5. To compare a column in the query to a column in a sub query,

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 218

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Comparing Columns in a Query to a Sub Query

a. Choose the correct column from the query in the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT TO
COMPARE? section of the screen.

b. In the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE TO? section, click the Saved
Query radio button in the W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT? field.
c. Click Choose when the W HAT QUERY DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE TO? field
appears.
An Open Object dialog box displays.

6. To select a sub query in this dialog box,

a. If required, click the appropriate folder listing the sub query.
b. Click or highlight the Name of the appropriate sub query to select it.
c. When the name of the sub query appears in the Selection field, click OK.
The Edit Filter screen reappears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 219

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Comparing Columns in a Query to a Sub Query

a. Check to make sure that the name of the correct sub query displays in the What
query do you want to compare to? question near the bottom of the screen.
b. Click OK.
Note: In the above example, the user is requesting the system to compare a
number column in the query to the sub query that contains a character column. A
column with any data type may be compared to a column with any other data
type. For example, a numeric column may be matched to a character column,
and vice versa.
7. When the Create Query screen reappears:
a. Scroll down to the bottom of the screen shown below.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 220

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Comparing Columns in a Query to a Sub Query

b. Check the HOW DO YOU WANT TO QUALIFY THIS QUERY? section. Verify that a
qualifier has been added to compare the correct column in the query (in this
case, a number column) to the appropriate sub query containing a character
column in this example. Note that the system has allowed the user to match a
number column to a character column.
c. Click Save.
8. When the Queries screen reappears:
9. Click DNApublisher to return to the initial My Page screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 221

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data
Overview
You may also build a query with a related sub query using the maximum row function
and a Map Prompts screen to find the row with the most recent data for each
account/sub account in a history table.
For example, you can build a sub query and a “main” query, then map the prompts
added to the sub query to request the system to search a transaction history table for the
most recent row of data stored for each account and sub account as follows:
 Build the Sub Query – Select the effective date column in the transaction
history table and edit the column to apply the maximum row function, then add
two qualifying prompts for the account number and the sub account number in
the table
 Build the Main Query – Select the columns in the transaction history table that
will appear in the search results for the query (for example, the account
number, sub account number, effective date, and balance). Then add a
qualifier that uses the sub query as a filter to only display the columns for the
most recent row stored for each account/sub account in the table.
 Map the Sub Query Prompts – Request the Map Prompts screen from the
Create Query screen for the main query to map the sub query prompts to the
appropriate table columns selected in the main query. For the above sub query,
map the account number prompt to the account number column in the
transaction history table, and the sub account number prompt to the sub
account number column.
In this example, all of the components described above combine to search the
transaction history table for the specified results. The “data mapping” entries along with
the prompts and the maximum row function (that is applied to the effective date column),
request the sub query to look in all the table rows with the same account number and
sub account number to find the row with the maximum effective date (i.e., the most
recent date). Data is then retrieved from the row based on the columns selected in the
main query. This process is repeated for each account number/sub account number
combination in the transaction history table, until the search results contain data for the
most recent row stored for each account/sub account in the table.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 222

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data

Building a Sub Query Procedure

To begin the process to search a history table for the most recent row stored for each
account/sub account, build a sub query as follows:
 After naming the sub query, add or select the effective date column in the table
 Edit the column to apply the maximum row function
 Add two qualifying prompts to the sub query pointing to the account number
and the sub account number in the table

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
 Building a Query with a Sub Query Procedure
 Mapping the Prompts in the Sub Query Procedure

Steps
Follow these steps to build a sub query that uses the maximum row function.
1. When the initial My Page screen displays, choose Query Builder.
2. When the Queries screen appears, click New to build a new sub query.
3. When the Create Query screen appears,
a. Enter a name for the sub query.
b. Click Add in the Add, delete, or edit columns: section of the screen,
The Add Columns screen appears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 223

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data

This sample shows that the user has selected the ACCTBALHIST table and
selected the EFFDATE column to add to the sub query:
4. Select the name of the appropriate table in the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT TO ADD
COLUMNS FROM? field

a. When the columns in the selected table appear in the list on the left, select (or
highlight) the name of each column to add to the sub query (to use the Maximum
Row function, a date column is typically selected).
b. Click Add to add the selected columns to the list on the right.
The Create Query screen reappears (the top section is shown below):

5. Click the name of the column that is now displayed under Table in the ADD, DELETE,
OR EDIT COLUMNS: section of the screen.

The Edit Column screen appears.

6. To apply the Maximum Row function to the identified column,

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 224

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data

a. In the W HAT TYPE OF COLUMN IS THIS? section of the screen, click the down arrow
next to the FUNCTION field and select Maximum from the dropdown list.
b. Click OK.
The Create Query screen reappears (note that MAX displays in the Column
Name field for the date column).

7. To begin the process to add two qualifying prompts to the sub query,
a. Click Add in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO QUALIFY THIS QUERY? section of the
screen.
The Edit Filter screen appears. The following screen illustrates typical entries to
add the first qualifying prompt to the sub query.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 225

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data

8. To add the first qualifying prompt to the sub query,

a. Check to make sure that the name of the correct column displays in the W HAT
COLUMN DO YOU WANT? field near the top of the screen (generally an account
number column or ACCTNBR in the above sample).
b. Click Yes in the MATCH CASE field.
c. Click User Prompt in the W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT? field.
d. Enter a name similar to the name shown above in the W HAT NAME DO YOU WANT
TO GIVE THE PROMPT? field.

e. Enter a question in the W HAT QUESTION DO YOU WANT TO ASK THE USER? field (this
prompt will only appear if the prompt is not mapped to the correct column
selected from the main query as described in “Mapping the Prompts in the Sub
Query” section).
f. Click OK.
9. When the Create Query screen reappears, begin the process to add the second
qualifying prompt to the sub query,
a. Click Add in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO QUALIFY THIS QUERY? section of the
screen.
The Edit Filter screen reappears. The following screen illustrates typical entries
to add the second qualifying prompt to the sub query.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 226

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data

10. To add the second qualifying prompt to the sub query,

a. Check to make sure that the name of the correct column appears in the W HAT
COLUMN DO YOU WANT? field (generally an sub account number column).

b. Click Yes in the MATCH CASE field.

c. Click User Prompt in the What type of value do you want? field
d. Enter a name similar to the name shown above in the What name do you want to
give the prompt? field
e. Enter a question in the What question do you want to ask the user? field (this
prompt will only appear if the prompt is not mapped to the correct column
selected from the main query as described in “Mapping the Prompts in the Sub
Query” section)
f. Click OK
The Create Query screen reappears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 227

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using a Query & Sub Query to Find New Data

11. This screen illustrates the type of entries that should appear for a date column with
the Maximum Row function applied (MAX(EFFDATE)) above and two qualifiers for
an account number and a sub account number.
a. Click Save to save the sub query.
b. Click OK when the Saved confirmation message appears.
c. Click Close to return to the Queries screen.
When the Queries screen reappears, click DNApublisher to return to the initial
My Page screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 228

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Building a Query with a Sub Query Procedure
To obtain the most current information in a history table, after a sub query is built with
the maximum row function applied to an effective date column, you must build a query to
search the table for the most recent row stored for each account/sub account as follows:
 After naming the query, add or select the columns representing specific
information in the table that will appear in the search results for the query
 Define a qualifier for the query that uses the sub query with the maximum row
function as a filter to display only the columns for the most recent row stored for
each account/sub account in the table

Prerequisites
Before building a query for this type of search, a sub query must first be built with the
maximum row function (see the “Building a Sub Query Procedure”).

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
 Building a Sub Query Procedure
 Mapping the Prompts in a Sub Query Procedure

Steps
Follow these steps to build a main query to search a table with the appropriate sub query
as a qualifier.
1. When the initial My Page screen displays, choose Query Builder.
2. When the Queries screen appears, click New to build a new query.
3. When the Create Query screen appears,
a. Enter a name for the query.
b. Click Add in the ADD, DELETE, OR EDIT COLUMNS: section of the screen.
The Add Columns screen appears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 229

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Building a Query with a Sub Query Procedure

4. This sample shows that the user has selected the ACCTBALHIST table and selected
the ACCTNBR, SUBACCTNBR, EFFDATE, and BALAMT columns to add to the sub
query:
a. Select the name of the appropriate table in the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT TO ADD
COLUMNS FROM? field.

b. When the columns in the selected table appear in the list on the left, select (or
highlight) the names of the appropriate columns to add to the query.
c. Click Add to add the selected columns to the list on the right.
d. Click OK.
The Create Query screen reappears listing the column(s) selected from the table.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 230

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Building a Query with a Sub Query Procedure

5. To begin the process to add the appropriate sub query as a qualifier:

a. Click Add in the HOW DO YOU WANT TO QUALIFY THIS QUERY? section of the
screen.
The Edit Filter screen appears. The following screen illustrates typical entries to
add the appropriate sub query as a qualifier.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 231

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Building a Query with a Sub Query Procedure

6. To add the appropriate sub query as a qualifier,

a. Select the name of the correct column in the W HAT COLUMN DO YOU WANT? field
near the top of the screen (generally a date or effective date column that is
processed by the Maximum Row function in the sub query selected below).
b. Click Saved Query in the W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT? field.
c. When the W HAT QUERY DO YOU WANT TO COMPARE TO? field appears, enter the
location and name of the appropriate sub query (defined as described in the
“Building a Sub Query with the Maximum Function” section) or click Choose to
select the sub query in an Open Object dialog box
d. Click OK.
The Create Query screen reappears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 232

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Building a Query with a Sub Query Procedure

7. The entries in this screen appear for a search that requests data from the account
number, sub account number, effective date, and balance amount columns in the
identified table, and uses the specified sub query as a qualifier to find the appropriate
rows in the table using the effective date column. The Map Prompts button appears
whenever a SavedQuery that contains a user prompt is added to another query.
a. Click Save to save the query.
b. Click OK when the Save confirmation message appears.
c. Click Close to return to the Queries screen.
8. When the Queries screen reappears, click DNApublisher to return to the initial My
Page screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 233

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mapping the Prompts in a Sub Query Procedure
After building a sub query and a query to search a table, you must map both the account
and the sub account number prompt in the sub query to the appropriate table columns
selected in the “main query”.

Prerequisites
 A sub query must be built with the maximum or minimum row function applied
to a text or numeric column and at least one qualifying prompt (see the
“Building a Sub Query Procedure” section).
 A query must be created as described in the “Building a Query with a Sub
Query Procedure” section.

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
 Building a Sub Query Procedure
 Building a Query with a Sub Query Procedure

Steps
Follow these steps to map the prompts in a sub query to the appropriate table columns
selected in a query.
1. When the initial My Page screen displays, choose Query Builder.
2. When the Queries screen appears, select the name of the appropriate query created
as described in the “Building a Query with a Sub Query Procedure.”
The Create Query screen appears (the top section is shown below).

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 234

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mapping the Prompts in a Sub Query Procedure

When one or more prompts are defined in a sub query added as a qualifier for
the current query, a Map Prompts button appears near the bottom of the screen.
3. Click Map Prompts,
The Map Prompts screen appears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 235

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mapping the Prompts in a Sub Query Procedure

4. To map each prompt in the sub query to a table column selected in the current
query,
a. Click the Select Columns list box displayed next to the appropriate sub query
prompt in the Sub Query Prompts field.
b. When a dropdown list of the columns selected in the current query appears,
select the correct column related to the sub query prompt.
For example, the columns below could be selected for the Sub Query Prompts.

c. Click OK.
5. When the Create Query screen reappears,
a. Click Save to save the query.
b. Click OK when the Save confirmation message appears.
c. Click Close to return to the Queries screen.
6. When the Queries screen reappears, click DNApublisher to return to the initial My
Page screen.
Note: Any time the Max/Min Row function is used, the columns selected in the Main
Query must be from a different table than the columns in the sub query.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 236

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing Table Joins for a Query
Overview
Use this function when you want to change how tables are joined. Remember, joins are
the relationships that link tables together, making columns from one table accessible
from another.

About Table Joins

 Changes you make to table joins apply to the selected query only. To make
permanent changes to table joins, ask your administrator to edit the
DataSource.
 You edit table joins by setting up a qualifier between them that specifies how
you want them joined. Typically, this is done by creating an exact match
between two columns that contain unique values, such as account numbers.
 As part of changing table joins, you specify whether you want all rows included
from each table. These are referred to as outer joins. You also specify the
relationship of the tables, as 1 to 1 (one to one), 1 to N (one to many), or N to N
(many to one). This is referred to as its cardinality.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to change table joins for a query.
1. At the bottom of the Create Query screen, click Edit Joins.
For details, see “About the Create Query Screen.”
The Table Joins screen displays.
The Table Joins screen lists all table joins that have been added or changed for this
query. (It does not list default table joins.) Use this screen to add, edit, or delete table
joins in the DataSource for this query only.
The Left Table column lists tables linked from and the Right Table column lists tables
linked to.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 237

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing Table Joins for a Query

2. Add, edit, or delete a join.

a. To add a join, click Add.
b. To edit a join, click the hyperlink for the table names.
The Edit Join screen displays the same options as the Add Join screen shown
below. However, the current join settings are displayed on the screen.
c. To delete a join, select it in the table and click Delete.
You will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the join.
d. Click Yes and the join is removed from the table.
If you are adding or editing a join, a screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 238

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding or Editing Table Joins by Specifying Matching Columns
Overview
The table joins can be maintained to meet the current query requirements.

Procedure

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
1. On either the Add Join or Edit Join screen, in response to the question, W HAT IS THE
LEFT TABLE IN THE JOIN?

a. Select a table to be the left table in the join.

b. Click Select from all tables to access a complete list of available tables. These
additional tables are not currently joined to the left table.
2. In response to the question, W HAT IS THE RIGHT TABLE IN THE JOIN?
a. Select a table to be the right table in the join.
b. Again, click Select from all tables to list all available tables.
3. In response to the question, HOW DO YOU WANT TO BUILD THE JOIN FILTER? select
Specify matching columns.
4. In response to the question, W HAT ARE THE MATCHING COLUMNS? select the columns
that you want to match from the left table.
The list of available columns (based on your selections) displays on the left side of
the section. The list on the right side shows the items you have selected. Add to the
list by selecting the columns from the left side and clicking Add.
Note: You can remove columns listed on the right side by selecting the columns and
clicking Remove. To remove all of them, click Clear. If you choose Select from
RDBMS column names, the column names from the original database are listed
instead of the DataSource names for the columns.
5. Select the columns you want to match from the right table.
The order in which the columns appear on the right side determines which columns
are matched to each other. Use the same method as described in the previous step
of these instructions to add or remove columns from the right-hand list.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 239

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding or Editing Table Joins by Specifying Matching Columns

6. Select the cardinal relationship of the join,

a. If you choose a 1 to 1 relationship, for each record in the left table, you could
have one association in the right table.
b. If you choose 1 to N, for each record in the left table, you could have more than
one association in the right table.
c. If you choose N to 1, for multiple records in the left table, you could have one
association in the right table.
d. If you choose N to N, you would have a multiple associations from both tables.
7. Select the type of join that you want between the two tables.
a. If you choose an INNER join, a row is added and data displays only when there
are matching items in both tables.
b. If you choose LEFT OUTER, a row is added to display data from the left table,
even if there is no matching data available in the right table.
c. If you choose RIGHT OUTER, a row is added to display data from the right table,
even if there is no matching data available in the left table
8. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 240

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding or Editing Table Joins by Building Ad-Hoc Filters
Overview
Use ad-hoc filters to establish table joins using a combination of conditions, such as
straight column matching or other conditions. With this feature, you have the ability to
build complex expressions into your join conditions.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to add or edit table joins by building ad-hoc filters.
1. In the W HAT IS THE LEFT TABLE IN THE JOIN? field of the Add Join or Edit Join screen,
select a table.
Click Select from all tables to access a complete list of available tables. These
additional tables are not currently joined to the left table.
2. In the W HAT IS THE RIGHT TABLE IN THE JOIN? field, select a table.
Again, click Select from all tables to list all available tables.
3. Select Build ad-hoc filter under HOW DO YOU WANT TO BUILD THE JOIN FILTER?
The screen changes to reflect your selection.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 241

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding or Editing Table Joins by Building Ad-Hoc Filters

4. Click Add.
The Edit Filter screen displays.
5. Select the table and column in Steps 1 and 2.
Note: If you choose Select from RDBMS column names, the column names from the
original database are listed instead of the DataSource names for the columns.
6. Select the method you want to use to compare the column under HOW DO YOU WANT
TO COMPARE THE COLUMN?

Your choices include several logical operations.

7. Select the type of value that you want to compare the column to in “What type of
value do you want to compare with?”
You can select:
Typed-in value − Type the text or number you want to use as a fixed variable.
Database column − Select the table and the column from that table that you want to
use.
Computed − Build a calculation that can add, subtract, multiply or divide data from
database columns. See "Creating computed columns" for details.
User prompt − Develop a question that prompts the user for a response. See
"Including user prompts" for details.
The screen changes to reflect the type of value that you choose. Complete the
requested settings.
8. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 242

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding or Editing Table Joins by Building Ad-Hoc Filters

The view returns to the Edit Join screen. Continue to add as many terms as you
need. You may also want to establish AND or OR relationships. See "Using AND
and OR conditions".
9. Set the cardinal relationship of the join.
You have several relationship options:
If you choose a 1 to 1 relationship, for each record in the left table, you could have
one association in the right table.
If you choose 1 to N, for each record in the left table, you could have more than one
association in the right table.
If you choose N to 1, for multiple records in the left table, you could have one
association in the right table.
If you choose N to N, you would have a multiple associations from both tables.
10. Select the type of join that you want between the two tables.
If you choose an INNER join, a row is added and data displays only when there are
matching items in both tables.
If you choose LEFT OUTER, a row is added to display data from the left table, even
if there is no matching data available in the right table.
If you choose RIGHT OUTER, a row is added to display data from the right table,
even if there is no matching data available in the left table
11. Click OK.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 243

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using the Multi-Join Feature
Overview
You may request a unique name (or “alias”) for each occurrence of a table if the table
needs to be used more than once in a query. For example, if the table contains different
data depending on how it is filtered or joined to other tables. The system allows you to
create a number of “aliased tables” from the same native table.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
 After an aliased table is created, its name is only visible on screens displayed
for the current query
 An aliased table only has an impact on the native table it is built from
 The system does not allow duplicate aliased tables to be built from the same
native table, although a number of aliased tables may be created from the
same native table

Related Procedures
None

Steps
Follow these steps to create a query comparing data in the same column of a table when
the table is joined to another table more than once.
1. +When the initial My Page screen displays, choose Query Builder.
2. When the Queries screen appears, click New to build a new query.
3. When the Create Query screen appears,
a. Enter a name for the query.
b. Click Add in the ADD, DELETE, OR EDIT COLUMNS: section of the screen.
The Add Columns screen appears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 244

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using the Multi-Join Feature

This sample shows that the user has selected the ACCT table and the
ACCTNBR column in this table to add to the query:
a. Select the name of the appropriate table in the What table do you want to add
columns from? field
b. When the columns in the selected table appear in the list on the left, select (or
highlight) the names of the appropriate column(s) to add to the query.
c. Click Add to add the selected column(s) to the list on the right.
d. Click OK.
The Create Query screen reappears listing the column(s) selected from the table.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 245

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using the Multi-Join Feature

4. To begin the process to compare tables using the multi-join feature, click Edit Joins.
The Table Joins screen appears.

5. To add the first table join for the new query, click Add.
6. The Add Join screen appears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 246

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using the Multi-Join Feature

This sample shows that the user has selected the ACCTACCTROLEPERS table for
the right table in the join and requested the system to create a Table Alias for this
table. The user then selected the ACCTNBR column to match in both tables, and
specified the cardinality and type of join.
a. Make sure the correct table is selected in W HAT IS THE LEFT TABLE IN THE JOIN?
b. Select a table name in the W HAT IS THE RIGHT TABLE IN THE JOIN? field.
c. Select the appropriate matching column(s) for both the left and the right table.
d. Define the cardinality of the join and the type of join (refer to the DNAmarket
manual for more information).
e. Click OK.
7. When the Table Joins screen reappears, click Add to create a second table join for
the query.
The Add Join screen reappears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 247

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using the Multi-Join Feature

This sample shows that the user has selected the ACCTACCTROLEPERS table
for the right table in the join again and requested the system to create another
Table Alias for this table. The user then selected the ACCTNBR column to match
in both tables, and specified the cardinality and type of join.
8. To complete the Add Join screen,
a. Make sure the correct table is selected in W HAT IS THE LEFT TABLE IN THE JOIN?
b. Select a table name in the W HAT IS THE RIGHT TABLE IN THE JOIN? field.
c. Click the Table Alias box to request the system to create a Table Alias for the
selected table (an “aliased table” is created from the selected table).
d. Select the appropriate matching column(s) for both the left and the right table.
e. Define the cardinality of the join and the type of join.
f. Click OK.
The Table Joins screen reappears.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 248

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using the Multi-Join Feature

This sample shows both of the table joins added in the previous steps. Note in this
example, two aliased tables are listed for the same native table (each name is
followed by the letter “A” or “B”).
9. Click OK.
10. When the Create Query screen appears, click Add in the Add, delete, or edit
columns: section of the screen to add a column from one of the new aliased tables.
The Add Columns screen appears again.

This sample shows that the user has selected the newly-created aliased table named
“ACCTACCTROLEPERS_A” and the ACCTROLECD column in this table to add to
the query:
11. To complete the Add Columns screen,
a. Select the name of the appropriate table in the W HAT TABLE DO YOU WANT TO ADD
COLUMNS FROM? field.

b. When the columns in the selected table appear in the list on the left, select (or
highlight) the names of the appropriate column(s) to add to the query.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 249
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Using the Multi-Join Feature

c. Click Add to add the selected column(s) to the list on the right.
d. Click OK.
12. When the Create Query screen reappears, click Add in the Add, delete, or edit
columns: section of the screen to add a column from another table (if appropriate).
13. When the Add Columns screen appears again, Add one or more columns from
another table as described in Step 12.
In our example illustrating how to create a query with the multi-join feature, the user
selected the aliased table named “ACCTACCTROLEPERS_B” and the
ACCTROLECD column in this table to add to the query.
The Create Query screen appears again.

In this sample, the user has added the same column from both new aliased tables to
include in the query.
14. Complete the screen as follows,
a. Click Save to save the query.
b. Click OK when the Saved confirmation message appears.
c. Click Close to return to the Queries screen.
15. When the Queries screen reappears, click DNApublisher to return to the initial My
Page screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 250

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting Standard Queries, Super Queries, and Folders
To delete a query or a folder, click the Delete icon to the right of the name on the
Queries screen. The folder must be empty to delete it. If the folder contains queries or
other folders, you must delete them individually first, before deleting the original folder.
Note: Keep in mind that the queries and folders listed on the Queries screen may be
available to other DNAreport users. If you delete a query, the query is removed from
both Query Builder and Report Manager. (If you happen to delete a query while another
user is editing it, the query will be restored when that user clicks OK on the Create
Query screen.)

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 251

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Importing and Exporting Queries and Folders
Overview
The importing and exporting features in Query Builder enable you to export standard
queries, super queries, and folders of queries for storage outside of DNAreport and then
to import them back. This is useful if, for example, you want to distribute queries to users
at other institution branches. You simply export the queries you want to distribute, and
other users import the queries into DNAreport on their systems.
Note: You can also export and import from within Report Manager, which enables you to
export and import both a report and its associated query. This is the recommended
method as the report formats are copied in and carried forward with the report.
This section describes the following processes:
 Exporting a query, super query, or folder
 Importing an exported standard query or super query
 Importing a query folder or selected queries in an exported folder

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 252

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Exporting a Query, Super Query, or Folder
Overview
The query file is saved in the specified location.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to export a query, super query, or folder.
1. Open Query Builder to display the Queries screen.
Note: The folder, the query, and the super query each have an export icon.
2. Click Export for the query, super query, or folder that you want to export.
The File Download dialog displays. The appearance of the File Download dialog
depends on the browser that you use. Here is an example:

3. Choose “Save” this file to disk option and click OK.

The Save As dialog box displays, enabling you to specify where you want to save the
query file and what you want to name it. By default, the query name is entered with a
.query extension; you can change the name if you want.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 253

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Exporting a Query, Super Query, or Folder

4. Choose a filename and location and click Save.

The query file is saved in the specified location. A Download Complete dialog box
may appear (If the “Close this dialog box when download completes” checkbox is
checked then this may disappear from the screen once the file is downloaded).
5. Click Close.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 254

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Importing an Exported Standard Query or Super Query
Overview
You can import a standard or super query previously exported from DNAreport.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to import an exported standard query or super query.
Note: The instructions differ slightly for importing queries or folders contained in an
exported folder. Refer to "Importing a Query Folder or Selected Queries in an Exported
Folder" for details.
1. Open Query Builder to display the Queries screen.
2. Click Import.
The Import Object screen displays. Use this screen to select the query file you want
to import the query.
3. Click Browse...
The Choose File dialog box displays, enabling you to select the query file you want
to import. Be sure to select a query file that has previously been exported from
DNAreport.
4. Select the query file you want to import and click Open.
The Import Object screen shows the name and location of the file you chose to
import.
5. Click Accept.
The Import Object screen changes.
6. Enter a new name for the query, or keep the old one by clicking Choose.
After the file is imported, a displays confirming the import.
7. Click OK.
The Queries screen displays.
The query you imported should now be listed.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 255

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Importing a Query Folder or Selected Queries in an Exported
Folder
Overview
DNAreport offers considerable flexibility when dealing with importing folders. You can
import the complete exported folder, including all the queries and super queries it
contains. Or, you can choose to import only selected queries or super queries within the
folder.
Note: Super queries reference other queries. If a folder contains a super query that
references a query located in a different folder, you can still export the super query.
However, before the super query can be imported, the referenced query must be located
in the folder where it resided before the super query was exported. If the referenced
query is imported after the super query, or has been moved to a different folder, the
super query will be rendered unusable. This rule applies to super queries whether they
are imported separately or imported as the contents of a folder.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to import a Query folder or selected queries in an exported folder.
1. Open Query Builder to display the Queries screen.
2. Click Import.
The Import Object screen displays. Use this screen to select the query file you want
to import the query.
3. Click Browse...
The Choose File dialog box displays, enabling you to select the query file you want
to import. Be sure to select a query file that has previously been exported from
DNAreport.
4. Select the query file you want to import and click Open.
The Import Object screen now shows the name and location of the file you chose to
import.
5. Click Accept.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 256

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Importing a Query Folder or Selected Queries in an Exported
Folder
The Import Object screen changes to provide a list of the query folder contents. For
example:
6. Select the individual folder contents that you want to import, or select all of them.
7. Click Accept.
A confirmation message opens that indicates the export has completed. Click OK
and you will see the imported folder with only the contents you selected included on
the Queries screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 257

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Report Manager Quickstart
This Quickstart builds on the query you created in the Query Builder Quickstart, and
leads you through designing, linking and publishing reports. See “Query Builder
Quickstart.”
This example leads you through the following sections:
 Duplicate and edit a report in Query Builder
 Open a report in Report Manager
 Change a report’s appearance
 Add calculations and groupings
 Link reports
 Add a report to a channel

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 258

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Duplicate and Edit a Report in Query Builder
Overview
Suppose you want to use the query you created previously in Query Builder Quickstart;
see “Query Builder Quickstart.” You would like to create another report that shows
details about those same customers and link it to the first, more general report. You will
start by duplicating the query and making changes to it. Later you will link the first report
to the new report.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to duplicate or edit a report in Query Builder.
1. On the Queries screen, select the High Value query.
The query displays in the Query Builder screen.
2. In the W HAT DO YOU WANT TO NAME THIS QUERY? field, append the word “Detail.”
3. Click OK at the top of the Query Builder screen.
The Save as New dialog box opens, asking if you want to replace or create a query.
4. Click Save New.
The Queries screen displays. The new query you just created displays in the list.
5. From the Query column, select the new query (High Value Detail).
The Query Builder screen displays. In this query, we will use the same qualifier to
search for customers with balances greater than or equal to $100,000.00, but instead
of general deposit and loan information, we will display details.
6. Delete columns selected for display.
Delete all of the columns except the Name column by holding down the [Ctrl] key
and clicking each column, then clicking Delete.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 259

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Duplicate and Edit a Report in Query Builder

7. Add these columns from the General Account table for display:
 Account Number
 Product
 Interest Rate
 Account Status
 Note Balance
To add a column, click Add and choose a table and column. Refer to “Adding
columns” for more information.
8. Click View Results.
The results show the same customers you searched for in the other Quickstart, but
with more details this time. Customers with multiple accounts appear multiple times.
9. Close the query results screen and click OK in the Query Builder screen.
The query is saved and you return to the Queries list.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 260

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Open a Report in Report Manager
Overview
Now we will open this query as a report in the Report Manager and change settings.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to open a report in Report Manager.
1. On the Queries screen, click the Report icon for the Account Detail Report.
The report opens in Report Manager in the Edit Report screen. The View Report
option is selected in the menu at left. The query is executed, and the report results
are displayed on the screen.
2. On this screen, you can click on the report header or footer to edit them, and click on
a column head to edit the column.
Note: This report spans two pages which each fit within your browser window. If you
click Single Page at the bottom, all of the results will be listed on one long HTML
page such that you may have to scroll down to see all of the results.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 261

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Change a Report’s Appearance
Overview
You can change a report’s headers, footers, or the style of the report.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to change the report’s header, footer, or style.
1. Hold your mouse over the report header so the cursor turns into a hand and click.
The Edit Report screen displays.
2. Change the report’s header in the HEADER field.
For example, in the Header field, change the header to Account Detail Report. If the
report is stored in a folder, its header contains the folder name. You may want to
remove the folder name from the header.
3. Change the report’s footer in the FOOTER field.
For example, add your institution’s name before $Today. $Today displays the current
date at the bottom of each page.
4. Specify the maximum number of records, if needed.
If you enter a zero, there is no maximum number. All the available records are
included in the report.
5. In the STYLE field, select a style for the report.
When you click on a style in the left-hand list of available styles, an example of the
format appears in the field to the right.
6. In the COLUMN spacing field, select the amount of white space you want between
columns.
The white space measurement is selectable in pixels only. You can also use the
Margins field to increase the amount of white space shown around the report.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 262

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Change a Report’s Appearance

7. Specify the page size and orientation.

You can choose US letter or European letter sizes. For the orientation, you can
choose Landscape or Portrait.
8. Set the margins.
If you want, you change the units of measure for the margins from inches to
centimeters. Then, enter the margins that you want for the top, bottom, left, and right
sides of the page. Keep in mind that your printer may have a minimum margin
requirement of .25 inches.
9. Click the View Report link on the top menu bar.
You return to the view of the report results.
Note: The header, footer, and style in the edited report.
10. Click Save on the top to save the changes you made in the Page Setup screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 263

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Add Calculations and Grouping
Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to display a subtotal for each customer’s balances.
1. Click the Subtotals option from the menu at top of the screen.
The Calculations options are displayed.
2. Select the SUM checkbox for the Current Balance column.
This will display a total balance at the bottom of the report for all customers. To
display a subtotal for each customer, we will need to group by customer.
3. From the Grouping options (in Step 2), click on the button next to Name.
In order to group by a column as we are doing here with the Name column, you need
to have sorted by that column. (Sorting options are set in the Query Builder.)
Note: Clicking on the word “Name” would take you to the Edit Column screen for that
column.
4. Click Save.
This saves the changes that you just made to the report.
5. Click OK to view the report.
The report now shows the results grouped by customer name, but the word “Reload”
appears in the subtotal row instead of a number. This indicates that you need to re-
run the query for this report, by clicking Reload near the bottom of the screen, in
order for DNAreport to calculate the subtotals.
6. Click the Reload link near the bottom of the screen. (Not applicable in cView .Net)
DNAreport runs the query and displays the results, including the new subtotals.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 264

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Linking Reports
Overview
We will now link this report with the general report you created in the Query Builder
Quickstart. Because we want to be able to click a name in the general report to view
details, we need to add the link to the general report. First, we need to return to the
Query Builder and bring the first query into Report Manager.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to link reports.
1. Click the DNApublisher link at the top of the screen.
Your My Page screen displays.
2. Click the Query Builder link.
The Queries screen displays, listing all queries.
3. Click the Report icon for the first query (Account Balance Range Result).
The Edit Report screen displays. The report displays under “View Report” with
results shown.
4. Choose Columns from the menu at top of the screen.
The Columns Options screen displays.
5. From the list of columns, click on the hyperlinked Name.
The Edit Column screen displays. This is the column on which we will create the link.
6. In response to the question, W HAT DRILLDOWN LINK DO YOU WANT IN THIS COLUMN?
select Report.
You can also select URL to insert a hyperlink in a report that activates a Web page.
Refer to “Linking Reports” for more information.
7. Click Choose.
The Open Object screen displays. It lists reports in the selected Report Manager
folder.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 265

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Linking Reports

8. Choose Account Detail Report and click OK.

The Column Options screen displays, with the report’s name listed.
9. Click OK.
The Columns screen displays.
10. Click Save on the top to save this change.
11. Click OK on the Edit Column screen to view the report.
The report displays. Names in the Name column appear in blue underlined text to
indicate that they are links.
12. Click a name in the Name column.
The Detail Report displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 266

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating New Charts
Overview
Charts are created using the Report Manager / Charts screen to define the parameters
and characteristics of a new or existing chart. A chart can also be viewed or printed from
this screen.
The following is a list of chart types available:
Chart Type Description
Clustered Column A set of columns that compares values across categories to
act as a single structural element.
Clustered Bar Clustered bar charts compare values across categories. In a
clustered bar chart, the categories are organized on the
vertical axis, and the values on the horizontal axis.
Line A type of graph that displays information as a series of data
points connected by straight line segments. Line charts can
display continuous data over time, set against a common
scale, and are useful for showing trends in data at equal
intervals. In a line chart, the category data is distributed
evenly on the horizontal axis, and the value data is
distributed evenly on the vertical axis.
Pie A circular chart divided into sectors illustrating proportion.
Pie charts display the size of items in one data series
proportional to the sum of the items. The data points in a pie
chart display as a percentage of the whole pie. Data
displayed in only one column or row in a report can be
plotted in a pie chart.
Stacked Area Area charts emphasize the extent of change over time, and
can be used to draw awareness to the total value across a
trend. For example, data representing profit over time can
be displayed in an area chart to emphasize the total profit.
Stacked area charts display the trend of the part of each
value over time or other category data.
Stacked Column Stacked column charts display the relationship of individual
items to the whole, comparing the part of each value to a
total across categories. A stacked column chart displays
values in two dimensional vertical stacked rectangles.
A maximum of six charts can be created and saved for a report. If the number of charts
exceeds six, a warning message "Maximum of 6 charts for this report has been reached"
displays and the Create Chart pushbutton disables. When a chart is deleted, the Create
Chart pushbutton enables and a new chart can be created.
Once a chart is saved, it is added to the Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid on the
Report Manager / Charts screen. The Chart Settings section disables.
Note: Charts can be associated with a report generated from a Standard Query, SQL
Query, or Super Query, but not from a Profile Query.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 267

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating New Charts

Field Descriptions

Report Manager / Charts screen

The following fields are used to define the parameters and characteristics of a new or
existing chart.
Field Description
Chart Settings
W HAT CHART TYPE DO YOU The chart type used for this report. All Chart Option
WANT TO USE? checkboxes are selected and enabled upon entry. System
default is Clustered Column.
W HAT IS THE TITLE OF THIS A meaningful name of the chart.
CHART?

W HAT TITLE SHOULD DISPLAY ON Indicates the titles for horizontal and vertical axes.
THE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
AXES?

W HICH REPORT COLUMN(S) DO The reports columns to be displayed on the chart.

YOU WANT DISPLAYED ON THE
CHART?

W HAT ARE THE MINIMUM AND The minimum and maximum values to display for chart
MAXIMUM VALUES TO DISPLAY ranges. System defaults to the LET SYSTEM DEFINE CHART
FOR THE CHART RANGES? SCALE checkbox.
The LET SYSTEM DEFINE CHART SCALE checkbox must be
unchecked to enable the MINIMUM VALUE and MAXIMUM
VALUE fields. If blank, the system will use its default scale
for the vertical axis.
Valid values are: Numbers from 0 to 9, positive and
negative numbers, and decimal with two digits.
BY WHICH REPORT COLUMN WILL The report column(s) used to group the chart. (For example:
THIS CHART BE GROUPED? by Branch, or by Teller, etc.)

CHART OPTIONS Identifies standard features e.g. Legend, Data Labels,

Gridlines etc. appearing in the next section. All Chart
Options checkboxes are selected and enabled upon entry.
Values include:
Show Legend - Displays a legend on the chart indicating
what the grouped column values are.
Show Data Labels - Displays the values associated with
data that makes up each section of the chart.
Show Gridlines - Displays horizontal gridlines to make data
in the chart easier to read.
Show Title - Displays the Chart Title on the chart. The title
is also displayed when added to a channel.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 268

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating New Charts

Field Description
INCLUDE IN REPORT? Indicates if the chart displays in the Chart slideout on the
Report Manager / View Report screen.
Yes = Chart displays and can also be added to a channel.
No = Chart does not display.

Report Manager / Charts screen with Pie Chart selected

When the Pie Chart radio button is selected, the following fields display.
Field Description
Chart Settings
W HAT IS THE TITLE OF THE A meaningful name of the chart.
CHART?

W HICH COLUMN DATA DO YOU Indicate the column you want to represent as slices on your
WANT TO BE REPRESENTED AS chart from the dropdown list.
SLICES ON YOUR CHART?

W HICH COLUMN CONTAINS THE Indicate the column that will contain the value of the slices
VALUE OF THESE SLICES? from the dropdown list.

CHART OPTIONS Identifies standard features e.g. Legend, Data Labels,

Gridlines etc. appearing in the next section. All Chart
Options checkboxes are selected and enabled upon entry.
Values include:
Show Legend - Displays a legend on the chart indicating
what the grouped column values are.
Show Data Labels - Displays the values associated with
data that makes up each section of the chart.
Show Gridlines - Displays horizontal gridlines to make data
in the chart easier to read.
Show Title - Displays the Chart Title on the chart. The title
is also displayed when added to a channel.
INCLUDE IN REPORT? Indicates if the chart displays in the Chart slideout on the
Report Manager / View Report screen.
Yes = Chart displays and can also be added to a channel.
No = Chart does not display.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 269

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating New Charts

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
 Charts cannot be associated with a report generated from a Profile Query.
 Users without write permissions to a report cannot generate a chart.

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow the steps below to create a chart.
1. On the DNApublisher My Page screen, click Report Manager in the Report Wizard
Admin channel.
The Report Manager / Reports screen displays.

Note: If a report has charts, a Chart icon displays next to the report name.
2. On the Report Manager / Reports screen, select the report from the Report column.
The Report Manager / View Report screen displays. If the report has existing charts
with the INCLUDE IN REPORT? field set to Yes, the chart displays in the Charts
slideout. If no charts exist, the message "No charts to display" displays. The Charts
slideout can be closed by clicking the double arrows. Refer to the "Charts Slideout"
section for more information.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 270

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating New Charts

3. Select the Charts menu.

Note: If the selected report has duplicate columns, the message "There are duplicate
column names in the report. Click Cancel to rename the columns, or OK to proceed
to the Charts screen." displays.
The Report Manager / Charts screen displays.

Note: If the selected report has existing chart(s), the chart(s) display in the Existing
Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid. Otherwise, the message "No Charts Exist" displays.
4. Click Create Chart.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 271
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating New Charts

The Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid disables and the Chart Settings section
enables.
5. In the W HAT CHART TYPE DO YOU WANT TO USE? field, select the desired chart type
radio button.
Note: The Report Manager / Chart screens Chart Settings layout displays differently
depending on the selection in Step 5. Refer to the Pie Chart field section for
information on completing the Chart Setting section for a Pie Chart.
6. In the W HAT IS THE TITLE OF THIS CHART? field, type a meaningful title of the chart.
7. In the W HAT TITLE SHOULD DISPLAY ON THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL AXES? field,
type the titles for horizontal and/or vertical axes.
8. In the W HICH REPORT COLUMN(S) DO YOU WANT DISPLAYED ON THE CHART? section,
select the columns from the AVAILABLE COLUMNS IN REPORT list box and move them
to COLUMNS SELECTED TO DISPLAY list box.
Note: The AVAILABLE COLUMNS IN REPORT list box displays only numeric columns in
the Report.
9. In the W HAT ARE THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM VALUES TO DISPLAY FOR THE CHART
RANGES? field, the LET SYSTEM DEFINE CHART SCALE checkbox must be cleared to
enable the minimum and maximum values.
a. Define the minimum value in the MINIMUM VALUE field.
b. Define the maximum value in the MAXIMUM VALUE field.
c. To allow the system to define the chart scale parameters, select the LET SYSTEM
DEFINE CHART SCALE checkbox. The system defaults to LET SYSTEM DEFINE CHART
SCALE.

10. To group the chart by a specific column, select the applicable column from the BY
WHICH REPORT COLUMN WILL THIS CHART BE GROUPED BY? dropdown list. This list
includes all columns from the report.
11. Select the applicable checkboxes in the CHART OPTIONS: field. All are accepted by
default.
12. Select the applicable radio button in the INCLUDE IN REPORT? field. Default is Yes.
Note: If the chart is added to a channel, the INCLUDE IN REPORT? field is disabled and
the following message displays "This chart is currently displayed on a channel. To
enable the INCLUDE IN REPORT? field, you must first remove the chart from the
channel."
13. Do one of the following:
To… Then…
Save the chart  Click Save.
The chart displays in the Existing Charts for XXXX
Report grid on the Report Manager /Charts screen.
 Go to Step 14.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 272

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating New Charts

To… Then…
View or print  Click View / Print Chart.
The chart opens in a pop-up window over the
Report Manager / Charts screen. From this screen
you can view report data or print.
Note: If the required fields are not completed, the
following message displays: "There is insufficient
information available in the Chart Setting section to
generate a Preview of the Chart. Please complete
required information fields and then click View/Print
Chart."
Users can drag the View / Print Chart window
aside and continue to make changes on the Report
Manager / Charts screen. When the View / Print
Chart button is selected again, the chart image is
refreshed.
Also, the title for those required fields which were
left incomplete, appear in red.
 Go to Step 9.
Cancel  Click Cancel.
The Chart Settings section disables and the
Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid enables.
If data is unsaved, a warning message "There is
still some unsaved data/information on this page.
Do you want to continue?" displays.
 Go to Step 14.
Return to the Report Manager / View  Click Close.
Report screen  Go to Step 15.

14. To create multiple charts in a report, repeat steps 1-13.

15. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen (if not already displayed), click
DNApublisher.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 273

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing or Deleting Charts
Overview
The parameters and characteristics defined at the creation of a chart can be edited or
deleted. Existing charts can be edited or deleted on the Report Manager / Charts screen.

Procedures

Prerequisites
A report having charts must exist in Report Manager.

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow these steps to edit existing chart information or delete a chart.
1. On the DNApublisher My Page screen, click Report Manager in the Report Wizard
Admin channel.

The Report Manager / Reports screen displays and the chart icon displays next
to those reports with charts created and saved for them.

2. On the Report Manager / Reports screen, select the desired report with charts from
the Report column.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 274

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing or Deleting Charts

Details of the selected report display on the Report Manager / View Report screen.

3. On the Report Manager / View Report screen, select the Charts menu.
The Report Manager / Charts screen displays. The existing charts associated with
the report are listed in the Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid.

4. Do one of the following:

To… Go to…
Re-order the position of the charts Step 5.
Edit chart information Step 6.
Delete a chart Step 8.

5. To re-order the position of the charts,

a. Select the checkbox next to the Chart Title in the Select column.
b. Click the Up or Down arrow key located at the right of the Existing Charts for
'XXXX' Report grid.
Note: The order of the charts selected on this screen determines the order that
charts are displayed in the Charts slideout on the Report Manager / View Report
screen and when the report is printed or viewed in PDF format.
6. To edit chart information,
a. Select the chart from the Chart Title column or select the checkbox next to the
Chart Title.

Note: Only one chart can be edited at a time.

The Edit Chart button enables.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 275
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing or Deleting Charts

Note: The Edit Chart button only enables when a chart is selected.
b. Click Edit Chart.
The Chart Settings section enables and the selected chart properties populate.

c. In the Chart Settings section, make any necessary changes in the fields. Refer to
the "Create a New Chart" section of this document for field descriptions.
Note: When editing a column, bar, line, or area chart, if the Pie Chart radio
button is selected in the W HAT CHART TYPE DO YOU WANT TO USE? section, the
following message "Selecting a Pie Chart type would mean all information on this
page will be lost. Are you sure you want to discard all information?" displays.
Click OK to override the previous settings and load a new Chart Settings section
for a pie chart. Click Cancel to keep the current page along with all unsaved
information.
You can switch from Column, Line, Area and Bar chart types when editing. The
system will convert the existing chart settings into the new chart type selection.
7. Do the following:
To… Then…
Save the changes  Click Save.
The message "[Chart Name] saved" displays.
The Chart Setting section disables.
The Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid
enables.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 276

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing or Deleting Charts

To… Then…
View or print  Click View / Print Chart.
The chart displays in a pop-up window on the
Report Manager / Charts screen. From this screen
you can view report data or print.
Note: If the required fields are not completed, the
following message "There is insufficient information
available in the Chart Setting section to generate a
Preview of the Chart. Please complete required
information fields and then click View/Print Chart"
displays
You can drag the View / Print Chart screen aside
and continue to make changes on the Report
Manager / Charts screen. When the View / Print
Chart pushbutton is clicked again, the chart image
refreshes.
Also, the title for any required fields left incomplete
display in red.
 Go to Step 9.
Cancel  Click Cancel.
If data is unsaved, the message "There is still
some unsaved data/information on this page. Do
you want to continue?" displays.
 Go to Step 9.
Return to the Report Manager / View  Click Close.
Reports screen The Report Manager / View Report screen
displays.
 Go to Step 9.

8. To delete a chart from the Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid,
a. Select the checkbox next to the applicable Chart Title.
b. Click Delete Chart.
The following message displays: "Are you sure you want to delete the Chart
[Chart Name]?" Click OK to permanently delete the chart from the database.
If the chart being deleted displays in a channel on the DNApublisher My Page
screen, a second message "The Chart is displayed in a Channel on
DNApublisher. Deleting the Chart would also cause the Channel to be deleted.
Are you sure you want to delete the Chart [Chart Name]" displays. Click OK to
permanently delete the chart.
The selected chart is deleted from the Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid and
also from the channel.
9. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen (if not already displayed), click
DNApublisher.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 277

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding a Report to a Channel
Overview
DNAreport provides a variety of ways of delivering DNAreport reports. From the Report
Results screen, you can:
 Save a report as a single page HTML file. This is useful if users want to scroll
through a list of information rather than moving between pages.
 Save a report as a PDF (Portable Document Format) file. This provides the
best version for printing. You can also add PDF documents to channels in
DNApublisher portal (available on the My Page screen) so other users can
view and print them.
Download a report as a delimited file for use in another application, such as a
spreadsheet. You can save the file as a comma-separated (CSV) file or choose
the separator characters yourself.
See “Saving in HTML, PDF or delimited format”.
From the Reports screen (shown below), you can:
 Add a report to a channel in the portal (available on the My Page screen), as
described below.
 Export a report (stored in the Open Solutions XML format) so that you can
import the report on another computer.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to add a report to a channel.
1. Click Back on your browser to return the Report Results screen.
The Edit Report screen displays, with the View Report option displayed for the
“Account Balance Range” report.
2. Click the Reports icon on the bottom of the screen.
The Reports screen displays.
3. Click the Add to Channel icon for a report you want to publish to the portal.
The Add to Channel screen displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 278

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating New Charts
Overview
Charts are created using the Report Manager / Charts screen to define the parameters
and characteristics of a new or existing chart. A chart can also be viewed or printed from
this screen.
The following is a list of chart types available:
Chart Type Description
Clustered Column A set of columns that compares values across categories to
act as a single structural element.
Clustered Bar Clustered bar charts compare values across categories. In a
clustered bar chart, the categories are organized on the
vertical axis, and the values on the horizontal axis.
Line A type of graph that displays information as a series of data
points connected by straight line segments. Line charts can
display continuous data over time, set against a common
scale, and are useful for showing trends in data at equal
intervals. In a line chart, the category data is distributed
evenly on the horizontal axis, and the value data is
distributed evenly on the vertical axis.
Pie A circular chart divided into sectors illustrating proportion.
Pie charts display the size of items in one data series
proportional to the sum of the items. The data points in a pie
chart display as a percentage of the whole pie. Data
displayed in only one column or row in a report can be
plotted in a pie chart.
4. Choose a workgroup in the W HAT WORKGROUP CONTAINS THE CHANNEL? field.
A workgroup identifies users with access to the same channels (groups of
information). After you select a workgroup, the channels to which the workgroup has
access are displayed in the field below.
5. Choose a channel in the W HAT CHANNEL DO YOU WANT TO ADD THE DOCUMENT TO?
field.
The report will be listed in this channel’s contents.
6. In the W HAT IS THE NAME OF THE DOCUMENT? field, type the name you want to appear
for the report link.
Users will click this link to view the report. This name can be different from the report
name.
7. Specify if you want to display the report in a new browser window.
8. Click Accept.
The Reports screen displays.
9. To return to the My Page screen, click the DNApublisher..
Click the link to view the report you just added.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 279

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Working with Report Manager
Overview
This section describes how to use Report Manager and includes these topics:
 Changing General Settings
 Changing the Page Setup
 Changing Columns
 Specify a Common Column Width for One or More Columns
 Specify a Common Column Format for One or More Columns
 Editing a Column’s Definition
 Inserting a New Value into the Column Definition
 Editing a Column’s Format
 Adding Columns
 Linking Reports
 Viewing a Report
 Including Calculations and Grouping Columns
 Adding Reports to a Channel
 Deleting Published Reports
 Printing Reports
 Saving in HTML or a Delimited Format
See the “Importing and Exporting Reports From Report Manager” section for a
description of these topics.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 280

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing General Settings
Overview
The General options in the Edit Report area in Report Manager enable you to enter a
report description and choose whether or not the report is available within Update
Manager.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to change the options.
1. Display the View Report screen for a report, and then choose General from the
menu on the top of the screen.
You can display the View Report screen by clicking Report for a report on the
Queries screen or by clicking a report name or its icon on the Reports screen.
2. Type a report description.
For example, you may want to enter information that will help remind you or other
users what the report contains.
3. Specify whether or not you want to make the report available for running through
Update Manager.
If Yes, the report is placed on the Scheduled Reports screen within Update Manager.
This allows a DNAreport administrator to generate the report as part of a batch.
Refer to “Running a Batch of Reports” in the DNAreport Administrator Guide Help for
more information.
Note: Update Manage is not available with DNAreport/Information Center
processing.
4. Click Save to save your changes.
Refer to “Viewing a Report” for information on displaying the published report.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 281

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing the Page Setup
Overview
The Page Setup options in the Edit Report area of Report Manager enable you to
change the appearance of a published report, including its header, footer, margins, and
style. The maximum number of matches to display in the report can also be chosen.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to change the Page Setup options.
1. Do one of the following:
a. Click Report for a report on the Queries screen.
b. Click a report name or its icon on the Reports screen.
The View Report screen displays.
2. Choose Page Setup from the menu on the top of the screen.
The Edit Reports screen displays.
3. Change the report’s header.
The header displays at the top of each page in the report. By default, the name of the
report’s query is entered, but the name can be changed or left blank*. If the report is
stored in a folder, the folder name is also displayed by default on the report; the user
can remove the folder name from the header so only the report title is displayed on
the report.
*If the report title is left blank in the W HAT IS THE TEXT OF THE HEADER (TITLE) IN THIS
REPORT? field, and this report is later published either by (1) the cView Scheduler, (2)
UpdateManager REPT step, (3) manually publishing via the Publish button on
Report Manager, or (4) automatic publishing when the report is first added to a
DNApublisher channel, the name of the published (PDF, HTML, and CSV) files
saved on the cView server will default to the report name as it appears on the Report
Manager/Reports screen.
4. Change the report’s footer.
The footer displays at the bottom of each page in the report. By default, “$Today” is
entered. These will cause the report to display the current date, and the date of the
last update of data, at the bottom of each page. You can choose not to print anything

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 282

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
 in the footer, or you can insert some other text such as your institution’s name or
your branch name.
5. Choose the maximum number of records you want the report to display.
The number of records defaults to 500. This means that only the first five hundred
matching records will appear in the published report. You can change the value, or
enter zero if you want all matching records in the report, regardless of how many
there are.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 283

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing the Page Setup

Note: Specifying a limit can affect calculations performed on the column.

6. Select a report style.
Several report styles are listed, and you can click the one you want to use. A preview
of the selected style displays to the right of the list.
7. Set the column spacing.
You can add white space between columns by increasing the pixel settings for
column spacing. To ensure all the columns fit on one page, you can reduce this
setting. You can also change the margins, paper size, or orientation to affect white
space and page breaks.
8. Select the page size and orientation.
Several paper sizes are available including US letter and European letter sizes. If
you are having trouble fitting all the columns of your report on one page, select
Landscape orientation.
9. Choose values for margins.
Enter the top, bottom, left, and right side margins. Keep in mind that your printer may
require a minimum margin of .25 inches when you set your margins.
10. Click Save to accept the new settings, then click Close.
The View Report screen displays. Your changes are displayed on the report.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 284

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Changing Columns
Overview
The Columns options in the Edit Report area of Report Manager enable you to make
changes to the columns that are to appear in the published report. You can add new
columns based on the columns that are in the original query, change the formatting and
definition of the columns brought over from the query, or remove a column. You can also
use these options to set up a report that links to another report or an Internet address.
Refer to “Adding Columns” for information about creating new columns.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to change report columns.
1. Display the Edit Report options for a report by doing one of the following:
a. Click Report for a report on the Queries screen.
b. Click a report name or its icon on the Reports screen.
The Edit Report screen displays; the View Report option shows the report results.
2. Choose Columns from the menu on the top of the screen.
The Columns Options screen displays.
This list initially shows all of the columns from the original query, with the names
given to them in the query. If you make changes, this list will reflect any columns that
are renamed or any that are added.
The list includes a checkbox to select one or more columns. This is used for the
purposes of the buttons to the right of the list. The list also shows the data type for
each column, and the width in pixels (which is changeable.).
The column name itself is a link that takes you to the Edit Column screen for that
column.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 285

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Specify a Common Column Width for One or More Columns
Overview
The column width can be set to a common value.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to specify a column width.
1. Select one more columns by using the checkboxes.
The columns do not have to be of the same type.
2. Click Width.
The following message displays.

3. Type the width that you want, and click OK.

The display changes to reflect the new width for the selected column(s).
Note: You can also change the width for an individual column in the Edit Column
screen, reached by clicking on the column name. See “Editing a column’s definition”.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 286

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Specify a Common Column Format for One or More Columns
Overview
The column format can be set to a common value.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to specify a column format.
1. Select one or more columns by checking the checkboxes.
The columns must be of the same type, otherwise the Format button (next step) is
disabled.
2. Click Format.
The Edit Format screen displays. The exact appearance of this screen depends on
what type of column was selected: numeric, text, or date.
See “Editing a column’s format” for details about this screen.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 287

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing a Column’s Definition
Overview
The Edit Column screen provides a place from which you can edit all of the
characteristics of a single column, including its width and format.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to edit a column’s definition.
1. From the Columns screen, click on the name of the column that you want to edit.
The Edit Column screen displays.
The following example is for a numeric column.
2. In the W HAT IS THE COLUMN NAME? field, type a new name for this column.
Unless you are creating a new column, the default is the name given to this column
in the query.
3. In the W HAT IS THE WIDTH FOR THIS COLUMN? field, type a new width for this column
(in pixels).
How this width appears on a user’s screen depends on the screen resolution and
size. The best way to gauge different widths is by viewing the report itself.
4. In the W HAT DISPLAY ATTRIBUTES WILL THE DATA HAVE? field, you can specify that the
data appear in bold, italics, or both.
5. In the W HAT CALCULATION DO YOU WANT? field, click one of the buttons on the right to
insert new values into the expression that defines this column.
The Insert Value screen displays. See Inverting a new value into the column
definition for details.
This is like creating a “calculated column” in Query Builder. If the column you are
editing is a text or date column, you can only “add” other values (using the “+” sign),
which means appending text onto the text data that already is in the column.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 288

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing a Column’s Definition

If this is a numeric column, however, it can be defined as an arithmetic expression.

For instance, in the example screen shown in step 1, this column will show, for each
officer, the sum of the primary deposit balances, divided by the number of accounts,
to give the Average Deposit Balance.
If you click the + button, the value will be added to the existing expression; if you
click the X sign, it will be multiplied, etc.
Note: If you have a division for a calculation, as in the example for Average Deposit
Balance, the way to insert a value in the denominator is to click to select the term
that is already in the denominator, in this case the Number of Accounts. Then click
the +, –, or X button. The value you insert will be placed in the denominator.
6. In the HOW WILL THE DATA BE FORMATTED field, click Edit to change how the column’s
values are formatted.
The Edit Format screen displays. Refer to “Editing a Column’s Format” for details on
using that screen.
7. In the W HAT DRILLDOWN LINK DO YOU WANT IN THIS COLUMN? field, specify if you want
each value in the column to be a link to another report or some other web page.
See “Linking Reports” for details.
8. In the W HAT SUBTOTAL CALCULATIONS DO YOU WANT FOR THIS COLUMN? field, select
any of the subtotal calculations that you want performed on this column.
Each one that you select will add a subtotal row at the bottom of the report. If this
report’s results are broken into groups, as defined on the Subtotals screen, then
these subtotal calculations will be reported in a row for each group as well as a total
at the end of the report.
Note: The subtotal calculations that you specify here are the same as those listed in
the Subtotals screen. In other words, what you define here is reflected on that
screen, and vice versa.
See “Including calculations and grouping columns” for more details.
9. In the IF A SUBTOTAL IS CALCULATED FOR THIS COLUMN, DO YOU WANT TO CALCULATE
THE SUBTOTAL BY CALCULATING THE SUM OF THE PARTS? field, choose Yes or leave it
at the default of No.
This question applies if you have selected “Sum” from the “Subtotal” question above.
By default “No” is selected; this means that DNAreport will calculate the sum of all of
the values in this column and display that sum in the subtotal row (which is called
“Sum” or whatever name you change it to).
If you select Yes, instead of calculating the sum, DNAreport will use the same
calculation to report the subtotal as is used for each of the individual results rows. An
example helps to illustrate.
In the report excerpt shown below, Average Deposit Balance is calculated for each
Officer by dividing the Deposit Balance column by the # of Accounts column. The
report is grouped and subtotals are reported for each Branch.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 289

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing a Column’s Definition

The subtotal (“Sum”) is reported on the last row in the screen excerpt above. To report
the Average Deposit Balance for the Branch (i.e., the subtotal), you would not want to
simply report the sum of the values in the Average Deposit Balance column; that number
would not be meaningful.
Instead, you would want to use the same calculation on the totals as was used to
calculate the individual rows. So in the example, by choosing Yes in question 8 on the
Edit Column screen, DNAreport will report the subtotal for Average Deposit Balance by
taking the sum of the values in the Deposit Balance column, and dividing it by the sum of
the values in the # of Accounts column. In essence, it will calculate the average of the
sums rather than the sum of the averages.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 290

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Inserting a New Value into the Column Definition
Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to insert a new value into the column definition.
1. Click one of the arithmetic operators (+,-,X,/) in the Edit Column screen.
The Insert Value screen displays.
2. In the W HAT TYPE OF VALUE DO YOU WANT TO INSERT? field, choose how you want to
select the value to be used in the calculation.
a. Click Query Column if you want the calculation to use the value from another
column that was in the original query.
b. Click Query Column Subtotal to use a calculated value based on a collection of
individual values in a specific column.
c. Select Type in a Value if you want to enter a fixed value to use in the calculation
3. Choose Options to set up the value.
a. Query column - If you chose this option in step 1, choose the column from the
original query that you want to use.
b. Query column subtotal - If you chose this option in step 1, the screen changes to
that shown below. Choose the subtotal calculation in column 2, and the column
to base it on in step 3. You can choose to perform the calculation on all of the
result rows in the report, or do separate calculations for rows grouped according
to the value in a column; select that column in step 4. The example shows that
the sum of all values of “# of Customers” for a given branch will be used for this
value.
Note: “Percent of” is a special subtotal option in step 2. Here is an example of
how it works: If you select “Percent of” “# of Customers” grouped by “Branch,”
this value will equal, for each results row, the ratio of the value in the “# of
Customers” column to the sum of all values in the “# of Customers” column for
that Branch, expressed as a percentage.
Type in a value - If you chose this option in step 1, the screen changes. Type the
text in the Type in the value to insert field.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 291

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Inserting a New Value into the Column Definition

4. Click OK to insert the value from the Insert Value screen into the column definition.
For numeric columns, the way in which it is inserted depends on whether you clicked
+, –, X, or / to reach the Insert Value screen. For text or dates, it is always “added,”
that is, appended.
Repeat steps 1 through 4 to add more columns to the expression if needed.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 292

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing a Column’s Format
There are two ways you can arrive at the Edit Format screen, in which you can change
display characteristics of a column. One is to select a column or columns from the list on
the Columns screen, and click Format. The other way is to open the Edit Column screen
for a specific column, and click Edit in step 5, HOW WILL THE DATA BE FORMATTED? field.
The appearance of the Edit Format screen depends on what type of column you are
changing: numeric, text, or date.

Numeric Column
You can format a Numeric column as a number or as text. See “Text column” below for
an explanation of the latter. “No formatting” means to use the default format for a
number.
 In the Select a format step, you can choose from one of the predefined formats,
or click Custom to tailor the format. The Custom Format screen enables you to
specify text to precede or follow the numeric value in the column, how many
decimal places to use and whether or not to use scientific notation, and where
to use commas.
 In the HOW DO YOU WANT NEGATIVES? and SHOW NEGATIVES IN RED? steps, you
define how you want negative numbers to appear.
 In the HIDE VALUES THAT ARE ZERO? step, specify whether you want data values
that are 0 to appear as 0 or as a blank.
 In the HOW DO YOU WANT TO DISPLAY MISSING VALUES? step, specify how you
want to show instances where there is no value in a column for a given result.

Text Format
All types of columns (numeric, date, text) may be formatted as text data. When you
choose the Text option, you need to type special characters in the W HAT IS THE
FORMAT STRING field to specify how the column’s data should appear. (Refer to the
table below.) After you insert these characters, you can type in the TEST WITH
SAMPLE TEXT field to get a preview of what the column’s data will look like with the
selected settings (by clicking Test).

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 293

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing a Column’s Format

Use these options to add punctuation or other information to the original column data.
For example:
 You could specify that a telephone number stored as 6128674583 be displayed
as (612) 867-4583. To do that, you would type (###) ###-#### in the Format
String field.
 You could specify that a telephone number stored as 6128674583x25 be
displayed as 867-4583 Ext. #25. To do that, you would type _ _ _###-#### Ext.
\#*. The _ character suppresses display of the area code numbers, the #
character inserts the seven-digit phone number, the \ character inserts the #
character (instead of displaying its value) and the * character inserts the
remaining characters (the extension).
Character What it does
# Inserts a single character from the original column. The first
occurrence of this symbol inserts the first character from the
column; the second occurrence inserts the second character,
and so on.
^ Same as above except that if the original data is in lower
case, it displays as upper case.
_(underscore) Eliminates a single character from the original column. The
first occurrence of this symbol removes the first character
from the column; the second occurrence removes the
second character, and so on.
* Inserts the remaining characters in the original column. If you
have not typed one of the other characters (#, ^ or _ ), the
entire contents of the column are inserted.
\ Inserts all characters that you type following the \ , until you
type one of the other characters (#, ^, _ , *).

Date Format
 In the “What date (time) format do you want to use?” steps, select from the pre-
defined date and time formats. You can also choose to not show the date or
the time. (If there is no time value contained in the data, your selection in step 2
has no effect.)
 Click Test in the “Test with today’s date” step to see how your formatting would
look, using the current date as an example.
 In the “How do you want to display missing values?” step, specify how you
want to show instances where there is no value in a column for a given result.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 294

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Adding Columns
Overview
You can add columns to the report that did not appear in the original query. However,
these columns are always based on or more columns from the query. One defines a new
column or more terms, each of which is either a column from the query, a subtotal
calculated from the values in a column from the query, or a fixed (constant) value.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to add columns.
1. From the Columns screen, click Add.
The Add Column screen displays. This screen is the same as the Edit Column
screen, except that before any values have been inserted in step 4, step 4 contains
only the Choose pushbutton.
2. Type a name for the column in step 1 on the screen.
3. In the W HAT IS THE WIDTH FOR THIS COLUMN field, specify a width for this column (in
pixels).
How this width appears on a user’s screen depends on the screen resolution and
size. The best way to gauge different widths is by viewing the report itself.
4. In the W HAT DISPLAY ATTRIBUTES WILL THE DATA HAVE field, you can specify that the
data appear in bold, italics, or both.
5. In step 4 on the screen, click Choose to begin defining the column.
The Insert Value screen displays. This works the same as it does for the Edit Column
screen. See “Inserting a new value into the column definition”.
After you add the first value, the Add Column screen looks like the Edit Column
screen. Proceed to define your column in the same way that you edit a column. See
“Changing columns”.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 295

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Linking Reports
Overview
The linking feature in Report Manager enables you to:
 Create reports in which you can click a field to display data from other reports.
For example, you might create one report that contains high-level information
about customer accounts and another report that contains detailed information.
You could link these reports so that clicking a customer name on the high-level
report would display the detailed report.
 Set up a report that includes a link to a file, a Web address, or an FTP site. For
example, you could link a product type column to an area on your institution’s
Web site that provides details about that product.
For an example of how the linking feature can be used, refer to Report Manager
Quickstart.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to set up a link within a report.
1. Display the Edit Report options for a report.
You can do this by clicking Report for a report on the Queries screen or by clicking a
report name or its icon on the Reports screen. The View Report screen shows the
report results.
2. Choose Columns from the menu on the top of the screen.
The Columns screen displays.
3. Click the name of the column that you want to link from.
The Edit Column screen displays for that column.
4. Select the URL or Report option and set up the link.
Set up the link as noted below. The example screen shows another report selected
as the object to link to.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 296

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Linking Reports

URL − If you choose this option, click the dropdown list below the Drilldown Link field
and choose whether you want to link to a file, an FTP address or a Web (http)
address. Then type the path and file name (C:\mortgages.doc) or the complete FTP
or Web address (http://www.mybank.com/mortgages) in the field provided.
Report − If you choose this option, click Choose and select the report you want to
link to on the Open Object screen. Click OK to save your selection and close the
screen.
5. Select other options in this screen, if you want, and click OK.
Refer to “Changing columns” for details on the other fields available on this screen.
When you click OK, you return to the Columns screen.
6. Click View to view the report.
The report displays. Notice that the entries in the column you chose in step 3 are now
hyperlinks as shown below. When you click one of the entries, the report, file, or site you
selected in step 4 appears in a separate browser window.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 297

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Viewing a Report
You can view a report in several ways:
 From the Reports screen, click Preview for the report you want to view. The
report displays in the browser window.
 From the Reports screen, click the name of a report. The View Report screen
displays the report results.
 From your My Page screen, click the name of the report you want to view. You
must first make the report available from the portal (i.e., for display on the My
Page screen) by adding it to a channel. The report displays in the main browser
window or in a separate window, depending on how you configured it when you
added it to the channel.
When you view a report, a multi-page, HTML version of the report is generated and any
options you selected in the Edit Report area are applied. You can:
 Display other pages of the report by clicking Next or Previous or by typing a
number in the PAGE field and clicking Go. The PAGe field indicates which page
of the report is currently displayed, and the line below the PAGE field indicates
how many matching records were found and which ones are displayed.
 Display all of the report information in one browser window by clicking Single
Page at the bottom of the screen. When you do this, all of the report's data
displays in a single browser window, which you can scroll, rather than being
divided into pages.
 Save and view the report as a PDF file by clicking PDF Format at the bottom of
the screen. (If you are on the View Report screen, you accomplish the same
thing by clicking the View PDF link on the top menu.) This provides you with a
version of the report suitable for printing and also enables you to save a static
version of the report on your hard drive.
 Save the report in a delimited format by clicking Download Report at the
bottom of the screen. (This is not available on the View Report screen.) This
enables you to save the report data in a format that can be imported by other
applications.
 Save an HTML version of the report by choosing Save As from the browser’s
File menu. When you do this, only the currently displayed page of the report is
saved; to save all pages in one HTML file, first click Single Page as noted
above.
 Close the report by clicking Close in the upper right corner of the browser
window (if the report opened in a separate window) or by clicking the browser’s
Back pushbutton to return to the previous page.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 298

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
View Report / View Results
Overview
All charts created for reports that have the INCLUDED IN REPORT? field set to Yes on the
Report Manager / Scheduler screen display in the new Chart slideout located on the left
side of the Report Manager / View Report screen.
The chart(s) display as thumbnails in the order they were arranged on the Report
Manager / Charts screen in the Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid. The charts can
be re-sorted on the Charts slideout using drag and drop. The Charts slideout can be
closed by clicking the arrow keys in the Charts header.

Charts Slideout Closed

When the Charts slideout is closed, the contents of the Report Manager / View Report
screen display the charts that have the INCLUDED IN REPORT? field set to Yes, followed
by the report data. Report data displays after the last chart. All existing functions for the
Report Manager / View Report screen display.

When the arrows on the Charts slideout are clicked, the chart thumbnails display , and
the Report Manager / View Report screen refreshes and displays the report data.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 299

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
View Report / View Results

Charts Slideout Open

Depending on the number of charts selected to display on the report, a scroll bar may
display to the right of the chart thumbnails allowing all charts to be viewed.

Charts Slideout View Image

To view a larger image of the chart, click on the chart thumbnail located in the Charts
slideout and the larger image displays in a pop-up window on the View Report screen.

To move the image, click in the title bar area and drag the pop-up window where you
want it placed on the screen.
The image can also be resized by clicking and dragging on the edge.
When you are done, another chart can be selected from the Charts slideout and the
same actions performed. The resizing and repositioning does not need readjusting
unless you leave the screen.
When the View Report screen is closed, the chart returns to the default size and position
the next time it is displayed.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 300

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
View Report / View Results

Edit Chart and Print

Edit Chart and Print pushbuttons display in the upper right corner of the pop-up
window. Selecting the Edit Chart pushbutton displays the Reports Manager / Charts
screen with the Chart Settings section populated with details of the chart selected on the
Charts slideout on the View Report screen allowing you to change the chart settings.
Selecting the Print pushbutton from the pop-up window displays the standard Microsoft
print screens. Follow the standard print procedures for your institution.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 301

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Including Calculations and Grouping Columns
Overview
In many reports, you will probably want to include totals and subtotals. You can set
these up using the Calculations options in Report Manager. For an example of how
calculations and grouping can be used, refer to Report Manager Quickstart.
Note: To set up how columns are sorted and the order in which they appear, you need
to select options in Query Builder. Refer to “Sorting and reordering columns”.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to include calculations and subtotals in a report.
1. Display the Edit Report options for a report.
You can do this by clicking a report name on the Reports screen. The Edit Report
screen displays with the results displayed.
2. Choose Subtotals from the menu on the top of the screen.
The Subtotals options are displayed.
3. In the first field, click the boxes for the calculations you want included in the report.
This field provides a list of all fields selected for display in the report and the
calculations that are available for that field. The available calculations depend on the
data type of the field’s value. For example, because the Name column is not
numeric, calculations such as Sum and Percent are not available for that column.
When you insert subtotals and grand totals into a report, the total is based on the
default calculation type of the data contained in the column. For example, COUNT
appears for a character column (such as names) and SUM appears for a numeric
column (such as deposit balances).
There are cases where SUM may be used not for a sum, but for a calculation that is
the same as that used for the column itself. You can specify this on the Edit Column
screen. See step 8 under “Changing columns”.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 302

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
View Report / View Results
Overview
All charts created for reports that have the INCLUDED IN REPORT? field set to Yes on the
Report Manager / Scheduler screen display in the new Chart slideout located on the left
side of the Report Manager / View Report screen.
The chart(s) display as thumbnails in the order they were arranged on the Report
Manager / Charts screen in the Existing Charts for 'XXXX' Report grid. The charts can
be re-sorted on the Charts slideout using drag and drop. The Charts slideout can be
closed by clicking the arrow keys in the Charts header.

Charts Slideout Closed

When the Charts slideout is closed, the contents of the Report Manager / View Report
screen display the charts that have the INCLUDED IN REPORT? field set to Yes, followed
by the report data. Report data displays after the last chart. All existing functions for the
Report Manager / View Report screen display.

4. Select grouping options.

Because we want to display a subtotal for each customer, we will need to group by
customer. When you use subtotals, a grand total appears at the very end of the
report, and a subtotal row appears at the end of each grouping of the data. If you do
not use group options, only a grand total is included at the end of the report.
Note: You can only group columns using columns by which you previously sorted.
Sorting options are set in the Query Builder.
 Display group values in every report row − If grouping by a column, use this
option to repeat that column’s value. For example, if we selected this option
when grouping by the Name column, the customer’s name would appear
repeatedly in each row in the group.
5. Click Save, then click OK.
You return to the View Report screen.
The report displays. In our example, information is grouped by each customer name,
and includes a balance subtotal. At the end of the report, a balance grand total for all
customers is included.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 303

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Report Scheduler
Overview
The Report Scheduler allows you to indicate whether the report is published to the cView
server (as PDF, HTML, and CSV files) and by what method. The existing publish feature
allows you to manually publish reports on the Publish Reports page or via Update
Manager. Also, you can define the frequency of automatically publishing the report to
PDF, HTML and CSV files on the cView server.
An email option was also added to automatically email the report to other cView users at
the time it is published.

Field Descriptions
The following fields are used in Report Scheduler:
Field Description
Name of the report.

W HAT IS THE DESCRIPTION OF THIS Provides detailed information about the report.
REPORT? Note: If this screen was accessed for a User Prompt
report, only this field is enabled on the screen.
SHOW THIS REPORT ON PUBLISH Indicates if the report can be run from the Publish
REPORTS PAGE? Reports screen.
Yes = All options in the Automatic Report Publishing
Schedule section become enabled.
Note: When saved, the report displays on the Report
Manager / Publish Reports screen which allows the
user to manually publish a report at any time.
No = All options in the Automatic Report Publishing
Schedule section become disabled.
W ILL THIS REPORT BE RUN BY THE Indicates if the report is run by Update Manager.
UPDATE MANAGER? Yes = The report is run by the DNAmarket Update
Manager.
No = The report is not run by the DNAmarket Update
Manager.
Note: This field enables only when the SHOW THIS
REPORT ON PUBLISH REPORTS PAGE? field is set to
Yes.
W ILL REPORT LINK ON A CHANNEL Indicates whether this report, when displayed as a
GET ITS DATA FROM RUNNING THE report link on a channel, receives data from a published
REPORT OF FROM A PUBLISHED report (saved on the file server) or from running the
COPY?
report directly from the database.
Run Report = Receives data directly from the
database. Default.
Use Published Report = Receives data from the
published report.
Automatic Report Publishing Schedule

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 304

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Report Scheduler

Field Description
HOW FREQUENTLY SHOULD THIS Defines the frequency of automatically updating the
REPORT BE AUTOMATICALLY published files on the cView server stored for the
PUBLISHED TO REFRESH DATA AND report. Default is Weekly.
CHANNEL CONTENT?

WOULD YOU LIKE TO EMAIL THIS Indicates if the report is emailed to other cView users
REPORT TO OTHER CVIEW USERS after it is automatically published. Default is No.
AFTER IT HAS BEEN AUTOMATICALLY Yes = Additional fields display to support the email
REFRESHED? option.
No = Do not send this report in an email to users.
Additional email fields
SELECT THE USER(S) THAT YOU Identifies the recipients. All cView users are listed in
WOULD LIKE TO EMAIL THIS REPORT the dropdown list.
TO:

W HICH FORMAT OF THE REPORT DO The format of the report to attach to the email.
YOU WANT TO SEND AS AN
ATTACHMENT IN THE EMAIL?

W HAT IS THE SUBJECT OF THE A description of the email . Default text is “[Report
EMAIL? Name] has been published.”

W HAT EMAIL MESSAGE DO YOU The message to be sent with the email. Default text is:
WANT TO SEND? Report: [Report Path/Report Name]
Report Owner: [Report Owner]
Last Run: [Last Run Date]
CLICK SAVE TO SAVE CHANGES, OR Indicates whether to save changes, or cancel and
CANCEL TO ABANDON CHANGES AND return to the View Report screen.
RETURN TO VIEW REPORT

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow the steps below to automatically schedule when the reports should be updated.
CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 305
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Report Scheduler

1. On the Report Manager / Reports screen, select an existing report.

The Report Manager / View Report screen displays.
2. Select Schedule.
The Report Manager / Report Scheduler screen displays.

Note: If the report contains User Prompts, all fields on the Report Scheduler
screen are disabled except for the report name and description.
3. To complete the top section of the Report Scheduler screen,
a. Type a meaningful description in the W HAT IS THE DESCRIPTION OF THIS REPORT?
field.
b. Indicate if you want this report to be run from the Publish Reports screen in the
SHOW THIS REPORT ON PUBLISH REPORTS PAGE? field.
If Yes, all options in the Automatic ReportPublishing Schedule section become
enabled.
c. Indicate if you want to run the report in Update Manager in the W ILL THIS BE RUN
BY THE UPDATE MANAGER? field.

Note: The Automatic Report Publishing Schedule section is disabled if this field
is set to Yes.
d. Indicate whether this report, when displayed as a report link on a channel, will
receive data from a published report or from running the report directly from the
database in the W ILL REPORT LINK ON A CHANNEL GET ITS DATA FROM RUNNING THE
REPORT OF FROM A PUBLISHED COPY? FIELD.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 306

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Report Scheduler

4. To complete the Automatic Report Publishing Schedule section of the screen,

a. Define the frequency of automatically updating the PDF, HTML, and CSV files
stored on the cView server. All reports run in descending order by run date.
Select To
DAILY Run the daily report every day starting at 12 am.
W EEKLY Run weekly reports every Monday starting at 1 am.

MONTHLY Run monthly reports on the 1st day of every month

starting at 2 am.

Note: Even if a frequency is selected on this screen, an override can be

performed on the cView File Server by manually updating the report on the
Publish Reports screen.
b. Indicate if you would like to email this to other cView users after it is automatically
refreshed in the W OULD YOU LIKE TO EMAIL THIS REPORT TO OTHER CVIEW USERS
AFTER IT HAS BEEN AUTOMATICALLY REFRESHED? FIELD.

Select To
YES Display additional fields to complete the email process.
 Go to Step 5.
NO  Go to Step 6.

5. Complete the following fields for the email option,

a. Select the user(s) to email the report from the AVAILABLE USERS list box and click
the arrow to move to the SELECTED USERS list box.
To move all the users from the AVAILABLE USERS list box to the SELECTED USERS
list box, click Add All.
b. Select the format of the report in the W HICH FORMAT OF THE REPORT DO YOU WANT
TO SEND AS AN ATTACHMENT IN THE EMAIL? field. When a report is generated from
a standard, SQL, or super query, the format options are PDF or CSV. When a
report is generated from a profile query, the format options are PTM and CSV.
Note: Chart(s) associated with a report do not display in the CSV format file.
c. Type the subject of the email in the W HAT IS THE SUBJECT OF THE EMAIL? field.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 307

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Report Scheduler

The default text is: “[Report Name] has been published.” The default text follows
what is typed in the field.
d. Type the text send with the report in the W HAT EMAIL MESSAGE DO YOU WANT TO
SEND? field.

The default text is: Report: [Report Path/Report Name], Report Owner: [Report
Owner], and Last Run: [Last Run Date]. The defaulted text follows what was
typed in this field.
6. Do one of the following:
To… Then…
SAVE CHANGES  Click Save.
The following message "The Scheduled setting for this report
has been saved" displays.
 Click OK.
The Report Scheduler screen displays.
Note: If changes are saved, a log file is created for each
frequency.
CANCEL CHANGES  Click Cancel.
The View Report screen displays.

7. To return to the My Vision My Page screen (if not already displayed), click
DNApublisher.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 308

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting Published Reports
When you delete a report, it is permanently removed from Report Manager and, if
scheduled for batch processing, from the Scheduled Reports screen in the Update
Manager. However, the query from which the report was created is not deleted. Also, if
you published the report to a channel on the portal, the link becomes inactive and you
will need to delete it in the portal.
Tip: Before deleting, you may want to first save a version of the report in PDF, HTML or
delimited format.
To delete a published report, click Delete for the report on the Reports screen. You are
asked to confirm the deletion. If you click OK, the report is deleted and the browser
window is refreshed.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 309

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting a Report with Charts
Overview
When a report is deleted in Report Manager, any links, charts or report data from that
report displayed on a DNApublisher channel are removed. If the report was displayed as
a chart or report data on a channel, the channel is also deleted.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow the steps below to delete a report with a chart.
1. On the Report Manager / Reports screen,
a. Select a report with a chart.

Note: If a chart has a chart, the Chart icon displays in the Report column to
the left of the report name.

b. Click the Delete icon located in the Delete column next the report to delete.
The following message displays.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 310

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting a Report with Charts

c. Do one of the following:

To… Then…
To delete the report and the  Click OK.
associated charts If no conditions are found, the report is deleted and
all chart settings for all charts associated with the
report are deleted.
If conditions occur, a second warning message
displays.
Cancel this action  Click Cancel.
The Report Manager / Reports screen becomes an
active window without applying any changes.

If the report was displayed in a channel, a second message displays.

2. Click OK to delete the report.

The report is removed from the list of Reports displayed on the Report Manager /
Reports screen.
3. To return to the My Vision My Page screen (if not already displayed), click
DNApublisher.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 311

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Printing Reports
You get the best printed version of a report by saving the report as a PDF file and
printing from the Adobe Acrobat Reader. Although you can print reports from within the
browser, the HTML format does not produce high-quality printouts. (Columns may get
cut off, for example.)

Saving in HTML, PDF, or Delimited Format

DNAreport provides you with three ways of saving a report’s data when you view the
report through Report Manager or on the My Page screen. You may want to save a
report in order to keep a version of it that was run with a specific set of data − for
example, you could save a version of the report each month so that you could monitor
changes in the database after system updates. In most cases, you will probably want to
save reports as PDF files, which provide nicely-formatted versions that are suitable for
printing. You can also save HTML and delimited versions of a report. Refer to the
subsections below.

Save as a PDF file

Saving a report as a PDF file provides you with a version of the report suitable for
printing. It also enables you to save a static version of the report on your hard drive that
you can open at any time with the Adobe Acrobat Reader application and distribute to
other users.
Note: To display a PDF file, you must have the Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your
computer. You can download the Reader at http://www.adobe.com.
1. Display the report you want to save.
Refer to “Viewing a Report” for more information.
2. Click PDF Format at the bottom of the screen.
The File Download dialog box displays.
3. Click the Save this File to Disk option and click OK.
The Save As dialog box displays.
4. Change the filename, if you want, and choose where you want to save it. Click Save.
By default, the report name is entered as the filename, but you can change the
name. The file is saved in the specified location with a .PDF file extension.
5. When the Download Complete dialog box displays, click Open.
The report displays in the Adobe Acrobat Reader application as shown below. Use
the menu bar or command bar at the top of the screen to move between pages, print
and perform other functions. Choose Acrobat Guide from the Help menu for
complete information on using Acrobat Reader.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 312

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Deleting a Report with Charts
Overview
When a report is deleted in Report Manager, any links, charts or report data from that
report displayed on a DNApublisher channel are removed. If the report was displayed as
a chart or report data on a channel, the channel is also deleted.

Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow the steps below to delete a report with a chart.
1. On the Report Manager / Reports screen,
a. Select a report with a chart.

Note: If a chart has a chart, the Chart icon displays in the Report column to
the left of the report name.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 313

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Saving In HTML or Delimited Format
This section describes how to save a report in HTML format (for use on a corporate web
site or the Internet) and delimited format (i.e., either CSV or a custom format).

Save as an HTML file

When you save a report as an HTML file, all of the report data and formatting is saved
along with the graphics used to create the page. After you save the file, you can display
it in your browser at any time and open it in an HTML editor to make changes to its
appearance.
1. Display the report you want to save.
Refer to “Viewing a Report” for more information.
2. If you want to save all pages of the report in one HTML file, click Single Page at the
bottom of the screen.
If you do not select this option, only the currently displayed page in the report will be
saved.
3. Choose Save As from the browser’s File menu.
The Save Web Page dialog box displays.
4. Change the filename, if you want, and choose where you want to save it. Click Save.
After the file is saved, you can double-click the name of the .HTM file to display the
report in your browser.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 314

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Saving In HTML or Delimited Format

Save in a Delimited Format

Saving a report in a delimited format enables you to save only the report data. You can
then open the file and use the data in another application such as Microsoft Excel or
Microsoft Word. You may want to do this if, for example, you need to include the report
data in a presentation you are creating.
1. Display the report you want to save.
Refer to “Viewing a Report” for more information.
2. Click the Comma Delimited Report icon at the bottom of the screen.
The File Download dialog box displays.
3. Chose one of the following:
a. CSV - Choose this option to save the file as a comma-separated value file. The
file is saved with a .CSV extension, and it can be opened in other applications,
such as Microsoft Excel. The data is saved with commas separating the fields in
a record and with line feed characters separating the records.
b. Custom delimited - Choose this option to save the file in a format you specify.
You may want to use this option if you need to use the data in an application that
requires different characters separating fields and records; for example, an
application may require fields to be separated by a tab character. When you
select this option, the fields on the screen change.
4. Click Accept to download the file using the format you chose.
5. Click the Save this File to Disk option and click OK.
The Save As dialog box displays.
6. Change the filename, if you want, and choose where you want to save it. Click Save.
By default, the report name is entered as the filename, but you can change the
name. By default, the file is saved with a .CSV extension if you chose the CSV
format and with a .DAT extension if you chose the custom delimited format. You may
want to change the .DAT extension to the extension used by the application you are
going to use the file in, such as .TXT.
7. When the Download Complete dialog displays, click Close.
The report data file is saved in the specified location.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 315

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Importing and Exporting Reports from Report Manager
Overview
The importing and exporting features in Report Manager enable you to export reports
and their associated queries in Open Solutions XML format and then to import the
exported queries. This is useful if, for example, you want to distribute reports to users at
other institution branches. You simply export the reports you want to distribute, and other
users import the reports into DNAreport on their systems. We have included procedures
for importing and exporting below. (Note that you can also export just the query using
the export and import features from within Query Builder.)

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 316

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Exporting a Report
Procedures

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Additional Considerations
None

Steps
Follow these steps to export a report within Report Manager.
1. Open Report Manager to display the Reports screen.
2. Click Export for the report you want to export.
The File Download dialog box displays.

3. Click the Save (this file to disk) option and click OK.
The Save As dialog box displays, enabling you to specify where you want to save the
report file and what you want to name it. By default, the report name is entered with a
.report extension; you can change the name if you want.
4. Choose a filename and location and click Save.
The report file is saved in the specified location, and then the Download Complete
dialog box displays.
5. Click Close to close the dialog box.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 317

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Importing an Exported Report
Follow these steps to import a report that was exported from Report Manager. Note that
when you import a report, you are also importing the query associated with the report
into Query Builder.
1. Open Report Manager to display the Reports screen.
See “About the Reports screen”.
2. Click Import above the list of reports.
The Import Object screen displays. Use this screen to select the report you want to
import name and to name it. (The query will be given the same name as the report.)
3. Highlight the “NewReport” text and replace it with the report name you want to use. If
you want to overwrite an existing report, click Choose, select the report you want to
replace and click OK.
Be sure to enter a unique name for the report if you do not want to overwrite an
existing report.
4. Click Browse.
The Choose file dialog box displays, enabling you to select the report file you want to
import. Be sure to select a report file that has previously been exported from
DNAreport.
5. Select the report file you want to import and click Open.
The Import Object screen shows the report name you entered and the name and
location of the file you chose to import.
6. Click Accept.
After the file has been imported, a message displays as shown below.
7. Click OK to return to the Reports screen.
The report you imported should now be listed on the Reports screen, and will also be
listed on the Queries screen in Query Builder.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 318

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Standard Queries and Reports
Overview
The reports and queries that are delivered with the DNAreport Tool were created using
the Information Center Data Source, Tables and Views that have been described in the
previous sections. This section of the document will present the detailed information
about the various queries, reports and their connection to each other.

Report Contents
The information will be presented by each Channel and Report Title. The description of
each report will include the following information:
Queries:
 Name
 Qualifiers – This section will describe the fields that are being used for
qualification and the values that must be met.
 Information Source – Source and description
 Will note if it is used for display or qualification or both
 Will indicate if the field is used as a sort. - Ascending Sort or -
Descending Sort

Report Information
 Include the name of the report as seen in the Report Manager application and,
if available from the My Page screen, the Name as it displays.
 List of Report columns in the order that they are displayed, with the formatting
information
 If the column is subtotaled it will be indicated by **.
 Optionally, if the report is presented as a drill down from another report, the
parent report title as displayed in Report Manager will also be noted.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 319

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports
Account Balance Range Results

Overview
This report displays information on customers that have total balances that meet the
minimum and maximum balances requested. Selection of a specified customer will show
the customer detail.

Query Information
 Name: Account Balance Range
 Qualifiers:
 Balance – The user is prompted to input the minimum balance and maximum
balance sum to return. The user may request the system to display these
values on the report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on
the Report Header checkbox.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective date
row from the Common_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
TAXRPTFORPERSNBR The person or organization P
or TAXRPTFORORGNBR number for the account owner.

OWNERSORTNAME Owner Name in Last, First, M 1

format
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last P
format
TAXIDNBR Account Owners Tax P
Identification Number
MIN(CONTRACTDATE) Uses the oldest account to P
determine the Customer Since
Date in the Report section
COUNT(ACCTNBR) Number of accounts for the Tax P
Reporting Person that make up
the sum of the note balances
SUM(NOTEBAL) Total sum of Note Balances for P/Q
the Tax Reporting Person
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Common_Acct_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 320

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Report Information
 Name: Account Balance Range
 Portal Name: Core Account Balance Range
 Drill Down Column: Person or Org Nbr (Click for Detail)
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Display
Pixels)
Person or Org Nbr 75 Text
Owner Name 150 Text
Tax ID Number 75 Number no formatting
Customer Since 75 Date – MM/DD/YYYY
Count ** 75 Number no formatting
Balance ** 100 Number – $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 321

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Account Detail Report

Overview
This report lists detail account information for a selected Tax Reporting Person.

Query Information
Name: Tax Owner Detail – Balance Range
Qualifiers:
 Owner Name – Will return accounts for a specified owner. The owner name
can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow down from the
parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may request the
system to display the input name on the report header by checking the
Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are Active, Inactive,
Dormant, Closed with Balance, or Non-Performing
 Effective Date - Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Common_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort
Qualify #
Information Source: Common_AcctInfo
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last format P/Q 1
BRANCHNAME Branch Location assigned to account P 2
PRODUCT Minor Account Description P 3
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each account P
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last extract P
NOTEINTRATE Interest Rate on account as of the last P
extract
CURRACCTSTATCD Account status code Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Common_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 322

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Report Information
 Name: Tax Owner Detail – Balance Range
 Parent Report Title: Account Balance Range Results :
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Account Owner 150 Text
Branch 150 Text
Product 100 Text
Account Number 75 Number no formatting
Balance ** 150 Number - $ 9,999.99
Rate 75 Number - 00.00 %
Opened 75 Date – MM/DD/YYYY

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 323

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Primary Top XX Deposit Accounts

Overview
This series of reports will display information about the Tax Reporting Owners that are
maintaining the highest balances in the deposit accounts. There are 3 separate reports
that have identical qualifications and simply return a different number of rows.

Query Information
 Name: Primary Top XX Deposit Accounts – The XX will be substituted by the
number of customers/members that will be returned in the report. There are
separate queries for each report as required by the tool, but they are identical
except for the name.
 Qualifiers
 Major Account type – The along types that will be returned are, Savings,
Checking and Time Deposits.
 Current Account Status – Allow accounts status’ will be returned except for
closed accounts.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Deposit_Acct_Info table
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort
Qualify #
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last format P
OWNERSORTNAME Owner Name in Last, First, M format 2
COUNT (DISTINCT Number of distinct accounts for the P
ACCTNBR) Tax Reporting Person that make up
the sum of the note balances
SUM(NOTEBAL) Sum of the Note Balances for the P 1
effective date of the Deposit Accounts
for the individual Tax Reporting
Owners returned

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 324

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Report Information
 Name(s):
 Primary Top 10 Deposit Accounts – Returns first 10 Owners
 Primary Top 25 Deposit Accounts – Returns first 25 Owners
 Primary Top 100 Deposit Accounts – Returns first 100 Owners
 Portal Name(s):
 Core Primary Top 10 Deposit Accounts
 Core Primary Top 25 Deposit Accounts
 Core Primary Top 100 Deposit Accounts
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Owner Name 400 Text
Number of Accounts 75 Number no formatting
Total Balance ** 125 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 325

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Owner Detail Top Deposit Accounts

Overview
This report will display the detail on the accounts for a selected Tax Reporting Owner.

Query Information
 Name: Owner Detail Deposit Top Accounts
 Qualifiers:
 Owner Name – Will return accounts for a specified owner. The owner name
can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow down from the
parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may request the
system to display the input name on the report header by checking the
Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are Active, Inactive,
and Dormant
 Major Account type – The along types that will be returned are, Savings,
Checking and Time Deposits
 Effective Date − Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Deposit_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last format P/Q 1
BRANCHNAME Branch Location assigned to the P 2
account
PRODUCT Minor Account Description P 3
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each P
account
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last P
extract
NOTEINTRATE Interest Rate on account as of the P
last extract
CONTRACTDATE Date account was opened P
CURRACCTSTATCD Account Status Code Q
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Deposit_Acct_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 326

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Report Information
 Name: Owner Detail Top Deposit Accounts
 Parent Report Title: Primary Top XX Deposit Accounts. The same detail report
is used for all the Top Deposit Account reports
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Account Details for: 350 Text
Branch 75 Text
Product 75 Text
Account Number 75 Number no formatting
Balance ** 75 Number - $ 9,999.99
Rate 75 Number – 00.00 %
Opened 75 Date – MM/DD/YYYY

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 327

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Primary Top XX Loan Accounts

Overview
This series of reports will display information about the Tax Reporting Owners that are
maintaining the highest balances in their loan accounts. There are 3 separate reports
that have identical qualifications and simply return a different number of rows.

Query Information
 Name: Owner Detail Loan Top Accounts
 Qualifiers:
 Owner Name – Will return accounts for a specified owner. The owner name
can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow down from the
parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may request the
system to display the input name on the report header by checking the
Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are not closed
 Major Account type – The loan types that will be returned are, Consumer,
Commercial and Mortgage
 Effective Date − Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last P/Q
format
OWNERSORTNAME Owner Name in Last, First, M 2
format
COUNT(DISTINCT Number of distinct accounts for P
ACCTNBR) the Tax Reporting Person that
make up the sum of the note
balances
SUM (NOTEBAL) Total sum of Note Balances for P 1
the Tax Reporting Person

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 328

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Report Information
 Name(s):
 Primary Top 10 Loan Accounts – Returns first 10 Owners
 Primary Top 25 Loan Accounts – Returns first 25 Owners
 Primary Top 100 Loan Accounts – Returns first 100 Owners
 Portal Name(s):
 Core Primary Top 10 Loan Accounts
 Core Primary Top 25 Loan Accounts
 Core Primary Top 100 Loan Accounts
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Name 400 Text
Accounts 75 Number no formatting
Total Balance ** 150 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 329

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Owner Detail Top Loan Accounts

Overview
This report will display the detail on the accounts for a selected Tax Reporting Owner.

Query Information
 Name: Owner Detail Loan Top Accounts
 Qualifiers:
 Owner Name – Will return accounts for a specified owner. The owner name
can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow down from the
parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may request the
system to display the input name on the report header by checking the
Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are Active, Inactive,
Dormant, Closed with Balance, and Non-Performing
 Major Account type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage
 Effective Date − Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last format P/Q 1
BRANCHNAME Branch Location assigned to the P 2
account
PRODUCT Minor Account Description P 3
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each P
account
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last P
extract
NOTEINTRATE Interest Rate on account as of the P
last extract
CONTRACTDATE Date account was opened P
CURRACCTSTATCD Account Status Code Q
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Acct_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 330

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Balance Reports

Report Information
 Name: Owner Detail Top Loan Accounts
 Parent Report Title: Primary Top XX Loan Accounts. The same detail report is
used for all the Top Loan Account reports
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Account Details for: 350 Text
Branch 75 Text
Product 75 Text
Account Number 75 Number no formatting
Balance ** 75 Number – $ 9,999.99
Rate 75 Number – 00.00 %
Opened 75 Date – MM/DD/YYYY

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 331

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Delinquency Reports
Delinquent Accounts Summary

Overview
This report will display summary information for delinquent accounts by the number of
months past due.

Query Information
 Name: Delinquent_Accounts_Summary
 Qualifiers:
 Months Past Due greater than(>)0
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Delinquent_MView
Months Past Due Number of months calculated when P/Q 1
view was created
Accounts Past Due Total number of accounts past due P
grouped by months past due
Total Amount Past Due P
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
Total Account Balances P

Report Information
 Name: Delinquent_Accounts_Summary
 Portal Name: Core – Delinquency Summary
 Drill Down Column: Months Past Due
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Months Past Due 200 Number no formatting
Accounts Past Due 200 Number no formatting
Total Amount Past Due ** 200 Number - $ 9,999.99
Total Account Balances ** 200 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 332

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Delinquency Reports

Delinquent Account Detail

Overview
This report will display detail information on all accounts that are delinquent the number
of months selected. This information will include Tax Owner and Account information.
Query Information
 Name: Delinquent_Account_Detail
 Qualifiers:
 MonthsPastDue – This is a user prompt. The information can be directly input
or it will flow down from the parent report when using the drill down feature.
The user may request the system to display this value on the report header
by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header
checkbox.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Delinquent_MView
Account Number Unique number assigned each P
account
Delinquent Due Date The oldest date that has active P
amounts due
Amount Due The total amount of delinquent P
payments due
MONTHSPASTDUE Q
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
Borrower Tax Report For Owner of account. P
Product Minor Account Description P
Current Balance The Principal balance as of the last P
WH_Extract
Branch Branch Location assigned to the P
account
Home Phone Home Phone if available to Tax P
Owner
Business Phone Future Use
Effectivedate Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
Next Due Date Date of next due date for account P

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 333

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Delinquency Reports

Report Information
 Name: Delinquent_Account_Detail
 Parent Report Title: Delinquent Accounts Summary
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Account Number 150 Number no formatting
Borrower 200 Text
Product 200 Text
Delinquent Due Date 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Current Balance 150 Number - $ 9,999.99
Amount Due 150 Number - $ 9,999.99
Next Due Date 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Branch 150 Text
Home Phone 100 Text

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 334

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports
Account Officer Report

Overview
This report will display the number of accounts, outstanding principle balance and
original balance of accounts by loan officer(AcctRoleCd = ACTO). This report will allow
the user to drill down to a Status Report.

Query Information
 Name: Account Officer
 Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage
 Close Date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the
date input by the user OR is null. The user may request the system to display
the input close date on the report header by checking the Display User
Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Current Account Status – Will return accounts that are not in Originating or
Approved status
 Note Open Amount – The Note Open amount must be greater than zero OR
 Note Balance – the Note Balance must be greater than zero
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
ACCTOFFICERNBR The person number on the account that Q
holds the Account Role code of ACTO
ACCTOFFICER The name of the person that holds the P
Account Officer Role.
# Count of the number of accounts for a P
each account officer
Original Balance The sum of the original account balances P/Q
for an Account Officer

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 335

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #

Qualify
Current Balance Total sum of Note Balances for the P/Q
Account Officer
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
CLOSEDATE Date account was closed Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info
Information Source: Pers_View
SORTNAME Account Officer Name in Last, First, M 1
format
Information Source: N/A
Indicator This will return the Character A. This P
could be used if attempting to combine a
number of the officer reports to determine
the type of officer being returned.

Report Information
 Name: Account Officer
 Portal Name: Core – Account Officer
 Drill Down Column: Loan Officer
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Account Officer (Click for 200 Text
Status Report)
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Original Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Current Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 336

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Account Officer Status Report

Overview
This report will display the status of the accounts that were reported for the specified
Account Officer. It will also allow the user to drill down to a Detail Report.

Query Information
 Name: A_Status_Report
 Qualifiers:
 Account Officer – Will return accounts for a specified Account Officer. The
officer name can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow down
from the parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may
request the system to display this name (if input) and the following close date
on the report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the
Report Header checkbox.
 Close Date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the
date input by the user OR is null.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are not Originating or
Approved
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
ACCTOFFICER The name of the person that holds the P/Q 1
Account Officer Role.
Status Account Status Code P/Q
COUNT(DISTINCT Count of the account numbers for P
ACCTNBR) Account Officer
SUM (DISTINCT The sum of the original account P
NOTEOPENAMT) balances for Account Officer
SUM (DISTINCT Total sum of Note Balances for P
NOTEBAL) Account Officer
CLOSEDATE Date Account was closed Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 337

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Report Information
 Name: A_Status_Report
 Parent Report Title: Account Officer Report
 Drill Down Column: Account Officer
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Account Officer (Click for 200 Text
Detail)
Status 75 Text
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Original Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Current Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 338

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Account Officer Detail Report

Overview
This report displays detail information about the accounts that the Officer has a role of
ACTO on. Clicking on the Account Number will bring the user to the mailing label
information based on the account

Query Information
 Name: A_Detail_Report
 Qualifiers:
 Account Officer Name – Will return accounts for a specified Account Officer.
The officer name can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow
down from the parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may
request the system to display this name (if input) and the following close date
on the report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the
Report Header checkbox.
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage
 Status – Will return only accounts that are not Originating or Approved
 Close date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the date
input by the user OR is null
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
ACCTOFFICER The name of the person that holds P/Q
the Account Officer Role.
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each P 1
account
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code P/Q
CURRMIACCTTYPCD Minor Account Type Code P
Status Account status code P/Q
NOTEOPENAMT Original Principal Disbursement P
CONTRACTDATE Date Account Opened P
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last P
extract
NOTEINTRATE Rate on the as of the last P
WH_Extract
CLOSEDATE Date Account was closed P/Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 339

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Report Information
 Name: A_Detail Report
 Parent Report Title: Account Officer Status Report
 Drill Down Column: Account Number will bring the user to a mailing label utility
for the account.
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Acct Officer 200 Text
Account # 75 Number no formatting
Major 75 Text
Minor 75 Text
Status 75 Text
Orig. Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Date Opened 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Current Balance ** 100 Number – $ 9,999.99
Interest Rate 75 Number – 00.00%
Date Closed 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 340

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Loan Officer Report

Overview
This report will display the number of accounts, outstanding principle balance and
original balance of accounts by loan officer (AcctRoleCd = LOFF). This report will allow
the user to drill down to a Status Report.

Query Information
 Name: Loan Officer
 Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage
 Close Date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the
date input by the user OR is null. The user may request the system to display
the input close date on the report header by checking the Display User
Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Current Account Status – Will return accounts that are not in Originating or
Approved status
 Note Open Amount – The Note Open amount must be greater than zero OR
 Note Balance – the Note Balance must be greater than zero
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
LOANOFFICERNBR The person number on the account that Q
holds the Loan Role code of LOFF
LOANOFFICER The name of the person that holds the P
Loan Officer Role.
# Count of the number of accounts for a P
each Loan Officer
Original Balance The sum of the original account P/Q
balances for an Loan Officer
Current Balance Total sum of Note Balances for the P/Q
Loan Officer
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
CLOSEDATE Date account was closed Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 341

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #

Qualify
Information Source: Pers_View
SORTNAME Loan Officer Name in Last, First, M 1
format
Information Source: N/A
Indicator This will return the Character L. This P
could be used if attempting to
combine a number of the officer
reports to determine the type of officer
being returned.

Report Information
 Name: Loan Officer
 Portal Name: Core – Loan Officer
 Drill Down Column: Loan Officer
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Loan Officer (Click for Status 200 Text
Report)
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Original Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Current Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 342

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Loan Officer Status Report

Overview
This report will display the status of the accounts that were reported for the specified
Loan Officer. It will also allow the user to drill down to a Detail Report.

Query Information
 Name: L_Status_Report
 Qualifiers
 Loan Officer – Will return accounts for a specified Loan Officer. The officer
name can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow down from
the parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may request the
system to display this name (if input) and the following close date on the
report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report
Header checkbox.
 Close Date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the
date input by the user OR is null.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are not Originating or
Approved.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
LOANOFFICER The name of the person that holds P/Q 1
the Loan Officer Role.
Status Account Status Code P/Q
COUNT(DISTINCT Count of the account numbers for P
ACCTNBR) Loan Officer
SUM (DISTINCT The sum of the original account P
NOTEOPENAMT) balances for Loan Officer
SUM (DISTINCT Total sum of Note Balances for Loan P
NOTEBAL) Officer
CLOSEDATE Date Account was closed Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 343

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Report Information
 Name: L_Status_Report
 Parent Report Title: Loan Officer Report
 Drill Down Column: Loan Officer
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Loan Officer (Click for Detail) 200 Text
Status 75 Text
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Original Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Current Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 344

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Loan Officer Detail Report

Overview
This report displays detail information about the accounts that the Officer has a role of
LOFF on. Clicking on the Account Number will bring the user to the mailing label
information based on the account

Query Information
 Name: L_Detail_Report
 Qualifiers:
 Loan Officer Name – Will return accounts for a specified Loan Officer. The
officer name can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow down
from the parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may
request the system to display this name (if input) and the following close date
on the report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the
Report Header checkbox.
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage
 Status – Will return only accounts that are not Originating or Approved
 Close date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the date
input by the user OR is null
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
LOANOFFICER The name of the person that holds P/Q
the Loan Officer Role.
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each P 1
account
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code P/Q
CURRMIACCTTYPCD Minor Account Type Code P
Status Account status code P/Q
NOTEOPENAMT Original Principal Disbursement P
CONTRACTDATE Date Account Opened P
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last P
extract
NOTEINTRATE Rate on the as of the last P
WH_Extract
CLOSEDATE Date Account was closed P/Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 345

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Report Information
 Name: L_Detail Report
 Parent Report Title: Loan Officer Status Report
 Drill Down Column: Account Number will bring the user to a mailing label utility
for the account.
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Loan Officer 200 Text
Account # 75 Number no formatting
Major 75 Text
Minor 75 Text
Status 75 Text
Orig. Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Date Opened 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Current Balance ** 100 Number – $ 9,999.99
Interest Rate 75 Number – 00.00%
Date Closed 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 346

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Managing Officer Report

Overview
This report will display the number of accounts, outstanding principle balance and
original balance of accounts by loan officer (AcctRoleCd = MOFF). This report will allow
the user to drill down to a Status Report.

Query Information
 Name: Managing Officer
 Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage.
 Close Date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the
date input by the user OR is null. The user may request the system to display
the input close date on the report header by checking the Display User
Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Current Account Status – Will return accounts that are not in Originating or
Approved status.
 Note Open Amount – The Note Open amount must be greater than zero OR
 Note Balance – The Note Balance must be greater than zero.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
MANAGINGOFFICERNBR The person number on the Q
account that holds the Account
Role code of MOFF
MANAGINGOFFICER The name of the person with the P
Managing Officer Role.
# Count of the number of accounts P
for a each Managing Officer
Original Balance The sum of the original account P/Q
balances for an Managing Officer
Current Balance Total sum of Note Balances for P/Q
the Managing Officer
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
CLOSEDATE Date account was closed Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 347

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Information Source: Pers_View

SORTNAME Account Officer Name in Last, 1
First, M format
Information Source: N/A
Indicator This will return the Character M. P
This could be used if attempting
to combine a number of the
officer reports to determine the
type of officer being returned.

Report Information
 Name: Managing Officer
 Portal Name: Core – Managing Officer
 Drill Down Column: Managing Officer
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Managing Officer (Click for Status 200 Text
Report)
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Original Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Current Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 348

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Managing Officer Status Report

Overview
This report will display the status of the accounts that were reported for the specified
Managing Officer. It will also allow the user to drill down to a Detail Report.

Query Information
 Name: M_Status_Report
 Qualifiers
 Managing Officer – Will return accounts for a specified Managing Officer. The
officer name can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or flow down
from the parent report when using the drill down feature. The user may
request the system to display this name (if input) and the following close date
on the report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the
Report Header checkbox.
 Close Date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the
date input by the user OR is null.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are not Originating or
Approved.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
MANAGINGOFFICER The name of the person that P/Q 1
holds the Managing Officer
Role.
Status Account Status Code P/Q
COUNT(DISTINCT Count of the account numbers P
ACCTNBR) for Managing Officer
SUM (DISTINCT The sum of the original account P
NOTEOPENAMT) balances for Managing Officer
SUM (DISTINCT NOTEBAL) Total sum of Note Balances for P
Managing Officer
CLOSEDATE Date Account was closed Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 349

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Report Information
 Name: M_Status_Report
 Parent Report Title: Managing Officer Report
 Drill Down Column: Managing Officer
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Managing Officer (Click for 200 Text
Detail)
Status 75 Text
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Original Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Current Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 350

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Managing Officer Detail Report

Overview
This report will displays detail information about the accounts that the Officer has a role
of MOFF on. Clicking on the Account Number will bring the user to the mailing label
information based on the account

Query Information
 Name: M_Detail_Report
 Qualifiers:
 Managing Officer Name – Will return accounts for a specified Managing
Officer. The officer name can be input directly by the user in Report Manager
or flow down from the parent report when using the drill down feature. The
user may request the system to display this name (if input) and the following
close date on the report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values
on the Report Header checkbox.
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage.
 Status – Will return only accounts that are not Originating or Approved.
 Close date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the date
input by the user OR is null.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
MANAGINGOFFICER The name of the person that holds P/Q
the Managing Officer Role.
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each P
account
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code P/Q
CURRMIACCTTYPCD Minor Account Type Code P
Status Account status code P/Q
NOTEOPENAMT Original Principal Disbursement P
CONTRACTDATE Date Account Opened P
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last P
extract
NOTEINTRATE Rate on the as of the last P
WH_Extract
CLOSEDATE Date Account was closed P/Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 351

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Report Information
 Name: M_Detail Report
 Parent Report Title: Managing Officer Status Report
 Drill Down Column: Account Number will bring the user to a mailing label utility
for the account.
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Managing Officer 200 Text
Account # 75 Number no formatting
Major 75 Text
Minor 75 Text
Status 75 Text
Orig. Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Date Opened 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Current Balance ** 100 Number – $ 9,999.99
Interest Rate 75 Number – 00.00%
Date Closed 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 352

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Originating Employee Report

Overview
This report will display the number of accounts, outstanding principle balance and
original balance of accounts by Originating Employee(AcctRoleCd = OEMP). This report
will allow the user to drill down to a Status Report.
Query Information
 Name: Originating Employee
 Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage.
 Close Date – Accounts with a CloseDate greater than the date input by the
user OR is null. The user may request the system to display this date on the
report header using the Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header
checkbox.
 Current Account Status – Will return accounts that are not in Originating or
Approved status.
 Note Open Amount – The Note Open amount must be greater than zero OR
 Note Balance – The Note Balance must be greater than zero.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
ORIGPERSNBR The person number on the account Q
that holds the Account Role code of
ACTO
ORIGINATINGPERSON The name of the person that holds P
the Account Officer Role.
# Count of the number of accounts P
for a each account officer
Original Balance The sum of the original account P/Q
balances for an Account Officer
Current Balance Total sum of Note Balances for the P/Q
Account Officer
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
CLOSEDATE Date account was closed Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info
Information Source: Pers_View
SORTNAME Account Officer Name in Last, First, 1
M format

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 353

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Information Source: N/A

Indicator This will return the Character O. P
This could be used if attempting to
combine a number of the officer
reports to determine the type of
officer being returned.

Report Information
 Name: Originating Employee
 Portal Name: Core – Originating Employee
 Drill Down Column: Originating Employee
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Originating Employee (Click for 200 Text
Status Report)
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Original Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Current Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 354

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Originating Employee Status Report

Overview
This report will display the status of the accounts that were reported for the specified
Originating Employee. It will also allow the user to drill down to a Detail Report.

Query Information
 Name: O_Status_Report
 Qualifiers
 Originating Employee – Will return accounts for a specified Originating.
Employee. The employee name can be input directly by the user in Report
Manager or flow down from the parent report when using the drill down
feature. The user may request the system to display this name (if input) and
the following close date on the report header by checking the Display User
Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Close Date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the
date input by the user OR is null.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are not Originating or
Approved.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
ORIGINATINGPERSON The name of the person that P/Q 1
holds the Originating Employee
Role.
Status Account Status Code P/Q
COUNT(DISTINCT Count of account numbers for P
ACCTNBR) Originating Employee
SUM (DISTINCT The sum of the original account P
NOTEOPENAMT) balances for Originating
Employee
SUM (DISTINCT NOTEBAL) Total sum of Note Balances for P
Originating Employee
CLOSEDATE Date Account was closed Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 355

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Originating Employee Status Report (continued)

Report Information
 Name: O_Status_Report
 Parent Report Title: Originating Employee Report
 Drill Down Column: Originating Employee
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Originating Employee 200 Text
(Click for Detail)
Status 75 Text
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Original Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Current Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 356

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Originating Employee Detail Report

Overview
This report displays detail information about the accounts that the Officer has a role of
OEMP on. Clicking on the Account Number will bring the user to the mailing label
information based on the account

Query Information
 Name: O_Detail_Report
 Qualifiers:
 Originating Employee Name – Will return accounts for a specified Originating
Employee. This name can be input directly by the user in Report Manager or
flow down from the parent report when using the drill down feature. The user
may request the system to display this name and the close date on the report
header using the Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header
checkbox.
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial, and Mortgage.
 Status – Will return only accounts that are not Originating or Approved.
 Close date – Accounts that have a CloseDate that is greater than (>) the date
input by the user OR is null.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
ORIGINATINGPERSON The name of the person that holds P/Q
the Originating Employee Role.
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each P
account
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code P/Q
CURRMIACCTTYPCD Minor Account Type Code P
Status Account status code P/Q
NOTEOPENAMT Original Principal Disbursement P
CONTRACTDATE Date Account Opened P
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last P
extract
NOTEINTRATE Rate on the as of the last P
WH_Extract
CLOSEDATE Date Account was closed P/Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 357

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Officer Reports

Originating Employee Detail Report (continued)

Report Information
 Name: O_Detail Report
 Parent Report Title: Originating Employee Status Report
 Drill Down Column: Account Number will bring the user to a mailing label utility
for the account.
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Originating Employee 200 Text
Account # 75 Number no formatting
Major 75 Text
Minor 75 Text
Status 75 Text
Orig. Balance ** 100 Number - $ 9,999.99
Date Opened 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Current Balance ** 100 Number – $ 9,999.99
Interest Rate 75 Number – 00.00%
Date Closed 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 358

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Property Analysis Reports
Property Analysis - All Accounts

Overview
This report will display a summary of property types for all major and minor account
types. The user may select a specific property type and drill down to the detail for that
property type.

Query Information
 Name: PropAnalysisA
 Qualifiers:
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are Active, Inactive,
Dormant, Closed with Balance, and Non-Performing.
 Note Balance – Returns accounts where the note balance is greater than
zero.
 Property Inactive Date – The property record inactive date must be null.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Account_Properties
PROPTYPDESC Description of the property type P 1
COUNT(PROPNBR) Returns a count of the number of properties P
for a property type.
INACTIVEDATE The date the property will no longer secure Q
the loan
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
SUM(NOTEBAL) Total sum of Note Balances for the property P
type
CURRACCTSTATCD Account Status Code Q
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last extract Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 359

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Property Analysis Reports

Report Information
 Name: PropAnalysisA
 Portal Name: Core: Property Analysis All Loans
 Drill Down Column: Property Type Description
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Property Type Description 250 Text
# of Properties ** 75 Number no formatting
Prin Balance ** 100 Number $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 360

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Property Analysis Reports

Property Analysis Detail Report

Overview
This report will display the detail for a specified Property Type. It is accessed using the
drill down from the Property Analysis All Accounts report. If the report is run standalone,
the program will prompt for Property Type description.

Query Information
 Name: PropAnalysisDetail
 Qualifiers:
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are not in a Closed,
Originating, or Approved status
 Principal Note Balance – The Principal Balance must be greater than zero.
 Property Type Description – Will return information for a specified property
type. The property type description can be input directly by the user in Report
Manager or flow down from the parent report when using the drill down
feature. The user may request the system to display the input property type
description on the report header using the Display User Prompt Values on the
Report Header checkbox.
 Property Inactive Date – The inactive date for the property must be null.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last P
format
MJACCTTYPCD The Major Account Type Code for P 1
the Account listed
CURRMIACCTTYPCD The Minor Account Type Code for P 2
the Account listed
CURRACCTSTATCD Account Status Code Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last P/Q
extract
Information Source: Account_Properties
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each P 4
account
PROPTYPDESC Description of the property type P 3
being displayed
INACTIVEDATE The date the property will no Q
longer secure the loan

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 361

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Property Analysis Reports

Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #

Qualify
Information Source: Acct_Property_Count and Common_Acct_info
NOTEBAL/COUNT The balance divided by the # of P
properties to estimate the principal
amount that is attributed to a
specified property type
Information Source: Acct_Property_Count
COUNT The number of properties used to P
secure the loan

Report Information
 Name: PropAnalysisDetail
 Parent Report Title: Property Analysis – All Accounts
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Name 150 Text
Major 75 Text
Minor 75 Text
Account Number 75 Number no formatting
Property Type Description 150 Text
Balance (*) 75 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 362

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Property Analysis Reports

Property Analysis for Select Major Account Type

Overview
This report lists summary information for the Selected Major Account Type. The user
may select a specific property type and drill down to the detail for that property type.

Query Information
 Name: Property Analysis – Major
 Qualifiers:
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are not in a Closed,
Originating or Approved Status.
 Note Balance – Principal balance must be greater than zero.
 Major Account Type Code – Will return summary information for a specified
Major Account type. The user is prompted to enter a Major Account Type
code. The user may request the system to display this code on the report
header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header
checkbox.
 Property Inactive Date – The property record inactive date must be null.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
Major The Major Account Type Code for the P/Q 1
Property Types listed
CURRACCTSTATCD Account Status Code Q 2
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last extract Q
SUM(NOTEBAL) Sum of Principal balances for the Major P
Account Type and Property Type as of
the last extract
Information Source: Account_Properties
PROPTYPDESC Description of the property type being P
displayed
COUNT(PROPNBR) Total count of the properties of that type P
in the Major Account Type selected
INACTIVEDATE The date the property will no longer Q
secure the loan

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 363

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Property Analysis Reports

Property Analysis for Select Major Account Type Report (continued)

Report Information
 Name: Property Analysis – Major
 Portal Name: Core – Property Analysis by Major
 Drill Down Column: Property Type Description
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Major 75 Text
Property Type Description 200 Text
# of Properties ** 75 Number no formatting
Amount ** 75 Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 364

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Property Analysis Reports

Property Analysis Detail Report

Overview
This report will display the detail information for the accounts that make up the summary.
It is a drill down report. To access this information the user will again be prompted to
select the specific major they wish to be reported. The property type will be carried
forward from the summary report.

Query Information
 Name: Property Analysis – Detail
 Qualifiers:
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are not in a Closed,
Originating or Approved Status
 Note Balance – Principal balance must be greater than zero.
 Property Type Description – Will return information for a specified property
type. The property type description can be input directly by the user in Report
Manager or flow down from the parent report when using the drill down
feature. The user may request the system to display the input property type
description and the following account type code on the report header by
checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Major Account Type Code – Will return summary information for a specified
Major Account type. The user will be prompted to input a Major Account Type
Code.
 Property Inactive Date – The property record inactive date must be null.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last format P
MJACCTTYPCD The Major Account Type Code for the P/Q 1
Property Types listed
CURRMIACCTTYPCD The Minor Account Type Code for the P
Account listed
CURRACCTSTATCD Account Status Code Q
NOTEBAL Principal balance as of the last Q
extract
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 365

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Property Analysis Reports

Column Name Description Print and/or Sort

Qualify #
Information Source: Account_Properties
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned each P 2
account
PROPTYPDESC Description of the property type being P 3
displayed
INACTIVEDATE The date the property will no longer Q
secure the loan
Information Source: Acct_Property_Count
COUNT Total count of the properties of that P
type in the Major Account Type
selected
Information Source: Acct_Property_Count and Common_Acct_info
Balance(*) The balance divided by the # of P
properties to estimate the principal
amount that is attributed to a
specified property type

Report Information
 Name: Property Analysis – Detail
 Parent Report Title: Error! No text of specified style in document.
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Name 200 Text
Account Number 75 Number no formatting
Major 75 Text
Minor Code 75 Text
Property Type Description 150 Text
Balance (*) Number Number - $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 366

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
TD Maturity Reports
TD Maturity Summary Report

Overview
This report lists active Time Deposits sorted by the year and month that they will mature. The
number of accounts and their balances are summarized. The information is as of the last
Warehouse Extract.

Query Information
 Name: TDMaturitySum
 Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type Code – The type that will be returned is Time Deposits
(TD).
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are Active (ACT).
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
 Maturity Date – The DateMat field in the table cannot be Null.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
YearMonth The Year and Month the Time Deposits P 1
will mature.
Count The number of accounts that will mature P
in that YearMonth
Balance The balance of those accounts as of the P
last Extract
MjAcctTypCd The Major Account Type Code for the Q
Account listed
MIN(NOTEINTRATE) The lowest interest rate that is being paid P
to the accounts in this summary group
MAX(NOTEINTRATE) The highest interest rate that is being paid P
to the accounts in this summary group
SUM(NOTEBAL * Weighted interest rate for the accounts in P
NOTEINTRATE) the summary group. (Sum of Weighted
Int/sum of Balances)
CurrAcctStatCd Account status code Q
EffDate Maximum Effective Date for Q
Deposit_Account_Info
DATEMAT The date the time deposit will mature Q

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 367

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
TD Maturity Reports

Report Information
 Name: TDMaturitySum
 Portal Name: Core – Time Deposit Maturity Summary
 Drill Down Column: YearMonth
Column Name Formatting Information
Length Display
YearMonth 75 Text
Count ** 75 Number no formatting
Balance ** 150 Number – $ 9,999.99
Weighted Interest Rate 75 Number – 00.00%
Minimum Interest Rate 75 Number – 00.00%
Maximum Interest Rate 75 Number – 00.00%

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 368

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
TD Maturity Reports

TD Maturity Detail Report

Overview
This report gives the account detail for the selected maturity month and year. The user also has
the ability to select the owner of the account and have mailing information available. The
information in this report is as of the last extract

Query Information
 Name: TDMaturity-Detail
 Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type – The type that will be returned is Time Deposits (TD)
 Year and Month – This will return accounts for a specified Year and Month.
The Year/Month combination can be input directly by the user in Report
Manager or flow down from the parent report when using the drill down
feature. The user may request the system to display this combination (if
input) on the report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on
the Report Header checkbox.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Deposit_Acct_Info table.
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that have an Active status.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
Account Number Unique number assigned to each account P 3
Primary Owner The tax reporting person or organization for P
the account
PRODUCT The Minor Account Type Description P 2
Balance The balance of the account as of the last P
Extract
Status Account Status description P
Interest Rate The Interest rate of the account P
Maturity Date The date the Time Deposit will mature P 1
YearMonth The Year and Month that the Time Deposit Q
will mature
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Deposit_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 369

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
TD Maturity Reports

Report Information
 Name: TDMaturity – Detail
 Parent Report Title: Time Deposit Maturity Summary Report
 Drill Down Column: Primary Owner
Column Name Formatting Information
Length Display
Account Number 75 Number no formatting
Primary Owner 200 Text
Product Description 200 Text
Balance ** 75 Number – $ 9,999.99
Interest Rate 75 Number – 00.00%
Status 75 Text
Maturity Date 150 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 370

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports
Transaction Analysis by Branch

Overview
This report lists a count and amount by branch location for a date range. The user may
select a branch and drill down to detail. This query uses data from a variety of views.
The data will be current and is not dependent on the WH_Extract being run.

Query Information
 Name: Transaction Analysis by Branch
 Qualifiers:
 Original Post Date – The original post date is input by the user. The user will
be prompted to input the starting date and the ending date that should be
returned. The user may request the system to display these dates on the
report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report
Header checkbox.
 Current Transaction Status – Transactions that have a current transaction
status of Complete (C) will be returned.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Transaction_Branch_Info
LOCORGNBR The organization number of the branch P
summary information being displayed.
ORGNAME The branch location name. P 1
Information Source: Transaction_View
COUNT(RTXNNBR) Summary count of the transactions. P
SUM(TRANAMT) Sum of transaction amounts for time P
frame and branch location being
summarized.

Report Information
 Name: Transaction Analysis by Branch
 Portal Name: Core – Transaction Analysis by Branch
 Drill Down Column: Branch
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Branch Nbr 75 Number no formatting
Branch 200 Text
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Transaction Amount ** 75 Number – $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 371

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Branch Transaction Summary Report

Overview
This report lists the count and total of transactions for a specified branch location. The
information is reported by posting date. Users can drill down to the detail information for
a specified branch location and posting date from this report.

Query Information
 Name: Branch Transaction Summary
 Qualifiers:
 Branch Organization Name – The Branch Organization Name can be entered
directly by the user in the Report Manager or flow down from the parent
report when using the drill down feature. The user may request the system to
display this name (if input) and the following post date on the report header
by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header
checkbox.
 Original Post Date – The original post date is entered by the user. The user
will be prompted to input the starting date and the ending date that should be
returned.
 Current Transaction Status – Transactions that have a current transaction
status of Complete (C) will be returned
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Transaction_Branch_Info
ORGNAME The branch location name. P/Q
Information Source: Transaction_View
ORIGPOSTDATE The date the transaction was originally P/Q 1
posted to the system. Comes from the
System Post Date.
COUNT(RTXNNBR) Summary count of the transactions. P
Transaction Amount Sum of the transaction amounts for time P
frame and branch location being
summarized.
CURRRTXNSTATCD Current status of transaction. Q

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 372

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Report Information
 Name: Branch Transaction Summary
 Parent Report Title: Transaction Analysis by Branch
 Drill Down Column: Branch Location
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Branch Location 200 Text
Post Date 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Transaction Amount ** 75 Number – $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 373

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Branch Transaction Detail

Overview
This report lists the detail transaction information for the specified branch location and
post date.

Query Information
 Name: Branch Transaction Detail
 Qualifiers:
 Branch Organization Name – The Branch Organization Name can be input
directly by the user in the Report Manager or flow down from the parent
report when using the drill down feature. The user may request the system to
display this name (if input) and the following post date on the report header
by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header
checkbox.
 Original Post Date – The original post date is input by the user. The user will
be prompted to input the specific posting date that detail information should
be returned for.
 Current Transaction Status – Transactions that have a current transaction
status of Complete (C) will be returned
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Transaction_Branch_Info
ORGNAME The branch location name. P/Q
Information Source: Transaction View
RTXNTYPCD The transaction code used to post the P
transaction
Transaction Amount Individual Transaction amount for P
branch location and post date.
EFFDATE The effective date used to post the P
transaction.
POSTDDATE The Original post date for the P/Q
transaction being displayed.
TIMEUNQUEEXTN A unique number assigned to each Q 1
transaction/status combination. This
allows us to sort
CURRRTXNSTATCD The current status of a specific P/Q
transaction.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 374

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Report Information
 Name: Branch Transaction Detail
 Parent Report Title: Branch Transaction Summary
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Branch 200 Text
Transaction Code 75 Text
Transaction Amount ** 150 Number – $ 9,999.99
Effective Date 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Post Date 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Transaction Status 75 Text

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 375

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Transaction Analysis by Teller Report

Overview
This report will display summary information for a teller about the number and amount of
transactions processed during a specified period of time.

Query Information
 Name: Transaction Analysis by Teller
 Qualifiers:
 Original Post Date – The original post date is input by the user. The user will
be prompted to input the starting date and the ending date that should be
returned. The user may request the system to display these dates on the
report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report
Header checkbox.
 Current Transaction Status – Transactions that have a current transaction
status of Complete (C) will be returned
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Pers_View
PERSNBR Teller Number P
SORTNAME Teller Name in Last, First, M format P 1
Information Source: Transaction_View
COUNT(RTXNNBR) Summary count of the transactions. P
SUM(TRANAMT) Sum of the transaction amounts for P
time frame and teller being
summarized.

Report Information
 Name: Transaction Analysis by teller
 Portal Name: Core – Transaction Analysis
 Drill Down Column: Teller Name
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Teller Number ** (click 75 Number no formatting
for detail)
Teller Name 150 Text
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Amount ** 150 Number – $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 376

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Teller Transaction Summary Report

Overview
This report lists the transaction count and amount for a selected teller in the specified date range.
Users can drill down to a detailed transaction for the specified teller and date.

Query Information
 Name:
 Qualifiers:
 Teller (Sorted Name) – The Teller Sort Name can be entered directly by the
user in the Report Manager or flow down from the parent report when using
the drill down feature. The user may request the system to display this name
(if input) and the following post date on the report header by checking the
Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Original Post Date – The original post date is input by the user. The user will
be prompted to input the starting date and the ending date that should be
returned.
 Current Transaction Status – Transactions that have a current transaction
status of Complete (C) will be returned.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Pers_View
SORTNAME Teller Name in Last, First, M format P/Q
LastNameUpper Teller’s last name in upper case P
Information Source: Transaction_View
ORIGPOSTDATE The date the transaction was originally P/Q 1
posted to the system. Comes from the
System Post Date.
COUNT(RTXNNBR) Summary count of the transactions. P
SUM(TRANAMT) Sum of the transaction amounts for time P
frame and teller being summarized.
CURRRTXNSTATCD The current status of a transaction.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 377

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Report Information
 Name: Teller Transaction Summary
 Parent Report Title: Transaction Summary by Teller
 Drill Down Column: Teller Name
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Teller Number 75 Number no formatting
Teller Name 150 Text
Original Post Date 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
# ** 75 Number no formatting
Amount ** 150 Number – $ 9,999.99

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 378

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Teller Transaction Detail Report

Overview
This report lists the individual transaction detail for the specified teller and post date.

Query Information
 Name:
 Qualifiers:
 Teller (Sorted Name) – The Teller Sort Name can be input directly by the
user in the Report Manager or flow down from the parent report when using
the drill down feature. The user may request the system to display this name
(if input) and the following post date on the report header by checking the
Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Original Post Date – The original post date is input by the user. The user will
be prompted to input the starting date and the ending date that should be
returned.
 Current Transaction Status – Transactions that have a current transaction
status of Complete (C) will be returned.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Pers_View
SORTNAME Teller Name in Last, First, M format Q
LASTNAMEUPPER Teller’s last name in upper case
Information Source: Transaction_View
ACCTNBR Unique number assigned to an account P 2
RTXNTYPCD The transaction code used to post the P
transaction
EFFDATE The effective date used to post the P
transaction.
POSTDATE The Original post date for the transaction P
being displayed.
CURRRTXNSTATCD The current status of a specific P
transaction

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 379

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #

Qualify
TRANAMT Individual Transaction amount for P
branch location and post date
RTXNSOURCECD A unique code that indicates what P
process was used to originate the
transaction
RTXNREASONCD A unique code that indicates the P
reason the transaction was performed.
TIMEUNIQUEEXTN A unique number assigned to each 1
transaction/status combination. This
allows us to sort
RTXNNBR A unique number that is assigned to P
every transaction processed for an
account.

Report Information
 Name: Teller Transaction Detail
 Parent Report Title: Teller Transaction Summary
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Teller Name 150 Text
Account Number 75 Number no formatting
Transaction Type Code 75 Text
Effective Date 100 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Original Post Date 100 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Transaction Status Code 75 Text
Amount ** 75 Number – $ 9,999.99
Source Code 75 Text
Reason Code 75 Text
Transaction Number 75 Number no formatting

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 380

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Hourly Analysis of Transactions by Branch Location Report

Overview
This report will display a count of teller transactions that took place at each branch
location. Each hour will be reported.

Query Information
 Name: Hourly Transaction by Branch
 Qualifiers:
 Current Transaction Status – Transactions that have a current transaction
status of Complete (C) will be returned.
 Actual Transaction Date and Time – The user will be prompted to input a
starting and ending date to report. The user may request the system to
display these dates on the report header by checking the Display User
Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Transaction_Branch_Info
ORGNAME The branch location name. P 1
Information Source: Transaction_View
ACTVHOUR Military time for the hour of the P 2
transaction
# Count of the number of transactions P
for the specified branch location and
hour being summarized.
CURRRTXNSTATCD The current status of a specific Q
transaction.
ACTDATETIME The actual date and time stamp that a Q
single transaction was processed
against the database.

Report Information
 Name: Hourly Transactions by Branch
 Portal Name: Core – Hourly Transactions by Branch

Column Name Formatting Information

Length (in Pixels) Display
Branch Location 200 Text
Hour of Activity 75 Text
Trans Count ** 75 Number no formatting

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 381

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Hourly Analysis of Transactions by Teller Report

Overview
This report lists a count of teller transactions. Each hour is reported for the requested
dates.

Query Information
 Name: Hourly Transaction by Teller
 Qualifiers:
 Current Transaction Status – Transactions that have a current transaction
status of Complete (C) will be returned.
 Actual Transaction Date and Time – The user will be prompted for the date to
start reporting the date to report to (not through). The user may request the
system to display these dates on the report header by checking the Display
User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Pers_View
SORTNAME Teller Name in Last, First, M format N/A 1
FULLNAME Teller Name in First M Last format P
Information Source: Transaction _View
ACTVHOUR Military time for the hour of the transaction P 3
# Count of the number of transactions for the P
specified branch location and hour being
summarized.
ORIGPERSNBR The Person Number of the teller that P
completed the transaction.
POST DATE The Post date active on the system at the P 2
time the transaction was posted. Controlled by
bank option code ‘PDAT’.
CURRRTXNSTATCD The current status of a specific transaction. Q
ACTDATETIME The actual date and time stamp that a single Q
transaction was processed against the
database.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 382

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Transaction Reports

Report Information
 Name: Hourly Transactions by Teller
 Portal Name: Core – Hourly Transactions by Teller
 Drill Down Column: Teller Number
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Teller Number 75 Number no formatting
Teller 200 Text
POSTDATE 75 DATE – MM/DD/YYYY
Hour of Activity 75 Text
Trans Count ** 75 Number no formatting

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 383

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mailing Labels
Overview
The creation of the mailing labels was completed to facilitate the institution with
customer/member mailings. Four separate queries were created to allow for flexibility.
This will provide the institution with a method to easily generate information that can be
downloaded into another application and formatted into labels.

Contents
The queries will show a variety of different sources and qualifications. The reporting
output will be described only once since the output is the same for all.

Special Notes
These reports were designed to generate information to be downloaded to a separate
word processing or spreadsheet application. If you attempt to view and print in a PDF
format a large number of labels, this may cause the application to freeze and require the
portal be stopped, the server shutdown and restarted and the portal to be restarted.

Mailing Labels for All_Addresses

Overview
This will output information on all records in the Common_Acct_Info (AKA –
WH_AcctCommon) database tables.

Query Information
 Name: All_Addresses
 Qualifiers: Effective Date - Uses a sub query to return only the most recent
effective date row from the Common_Acct_Info table

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 384

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mailing Labels

Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #

Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
Address Line 1 These individual lines are P
populated during the
Address Line 2 WH_Extract batch process.
Address Line 3 They represent the mailing
information for an account
Address Line 4 using owner and co-owner
Address Line 5 information

OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last

format
OWNERSORTNAME Owner Name in Last, First, M
format
PRIMARYOWNERZIPCD Tax Owner’s Zip Code
PRIMARYOWNERZIPCDSUFF Tax Owner’s Zip Code Suffix
PRIMARYOWNERCITY Tax Owner’s City
PRIMARYOWNERSTATE Tax Owner’s State
HOMEPHONE Tax Owner’s Home Phone
(phone use code of PERS)
BUSINESSPHONE Tax Owner’s Business Phone
(phone use code of BUS)
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for 1
Common_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 385

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mailing Labels

Account Mailing Label

Overview
This query will return mailing label information for a single specified account in the
Common_Acct_Info table.

Query Information
 Name: ByAccount_Addresses
 Qualifiers:
 Account Number – The user will be prompted to input a single account
number. This information may also be available as a drill down from various
reports. In those cases the account number will flow down from the parent
report that is utilizing the drill down functionality. The user may request the
system to display the input account number on the report header by checking
the Display User Prompt Values on the Report Header checkbox.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Common_Acct_Info table
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_AcctInfo
Address Line 1 These individual lines are populated during P
the WH_Extract batch process. They
Address Line 2
represent the mailing information for an
Address Line 3 account using owner and co-owner
information
Address Line 4
Address Line 5
HOMEPHONE Tax Owner’s Home Phone (phone use P
code of PERS)
BUSINESSPHONE Tax Owner’s Business Phone (phone use P
code of BUS)
ACCTNBR Unique Number assigned an account Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Common_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 386

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mailing Labels

Mailing Labels by Major Account Type

Overview
This query will return the mailing information for the accounts in the Common_Acct_Info
table that match the specified Major Account Type Information.

Query Information
 Name: ByMajor_Addresses
 Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type Code – Will return summary information for a specified
Major Account type. The user is prompted to input a Major Account Type
Code. The user may request the system to display the input code on the
report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the Report
Header checkbox.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective
date row from the Common_Acct_Info table
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
Address Line 1 These individual lines are populated during P
the WH_Extract batch process. They
Address Line 2
represent the mailing information for an
Address Line 3 account using owner and co-owner
information
Address Line 4
Address Line 5
MJACTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Common_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 387

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mailing Labels

Mailing Labels By Name

Overview
This will return the mailing label information for a specified Person. Normally this person
will be the Primary Tax Reporting Owner of an account. This information may also be
available as a drill down from various reports. In those cases the Owner’s Name will flow
down from the parent report that is utilizing the drill down functionality.

Query Information
 Name: ByName_Addresses
 Qualifiers:
 Customer/Member Name – Will return summary information for a specified
customer/member. The user will be prompted to input a customer/member
name or if the drill down feature is used this information will flow down from
the parent report. The user may request the system to display the input name
on the report header by checking the Display User Prompt Values on the
Report Header checkbox.
 Effective Date– Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective date
row from the Common_Acct_Info table
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_AcctInfo
Address Line 1 These individual lines are populated P
during the WH_Extract batch process.
Address Line 2
They represent the mailing information for
Address Line 3 an account using owner and co-owner
information
Address Line 4
Address Line 5
HOMEPHONE Tax Owner’s Home Phone (phone use
code of PERS)
BUSINESSPHONE Tax Owner’s Business Phone (phone use
code of BUS)
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last format Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Common_Account_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 388

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Mailing Labels

Report Information
 Name(s):
 All_Addresses
 ByAccount_Addresses – Note that phone numbers are printed with the
mailing information for account only*
 ByMajor_Addresses
 ByName_Addresses
 Portal Name(s):
 Core – All Addresses
 Core – By Account
 Core – By MajorAccount Type
 Core – By Owner Name
Column Name Formatting Information
Length (in Pixels) Display
Address Line 1 200 Text
Address Line 2 200 Text
Address Line 3 200 Text
Address Line 4 200 Text
Address Line 5 200 Text
Home Phone* 100 Text
Business Phone* 100 Text

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 389

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Miscellaneous Query Only Information
Overview
There are several queries that were developed not for report output, but as a resource
for other queries and reports or as a template to be used for modification.

Contents
The information will be presented for each individual query. The information will include.
 Name
 Qualifiers – This section will describe the fields that are being used for
qualification and the values that must be met.
 Information Source – Source and description
 Will note if it is used for display or qualification or both
 Will indicate if the field is used as a sort. - Ascending Sort or -
Descending Sort

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 390

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Miscellaneous Query Only Information

SubQueries

Overview
The following sub queries were designed specifically for use in other queries. The
information that is returned is the maximum effective date for the specified table.

Query Information
Name: MaxEffDate
Qualifiers: None
Information Source Column Name Description Print Sort #
and/or
Qualify
Common_Acct_Info Max(EffDate) Will return the maximum N/A
effective date from the
Common_Acct_Info

Query Information
Name: MaxEffDate_Deposit
Qualifiers: None
Information Source Column Name Description Print Sort #
and/or
Qualify
Deposit_Acct_Info Max(EffDate) Will return the maximum N/A
effective date from the
Deposit_Acct_Info

Query Information
 Name: MaxEffDate_Loan
 Qualifiers: None
Information Source Column Name Description Print Sort #
and/or
Qualify
Loan_Acct_Info Max(EffDate) Will return the maximum N/A
effective date from the
Loan_Acct_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 391

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Miscellaneous Query Only Information

Top Account Queries

Overview
The last two queries were designed as templates for the Top Accounts reporting. Each
report needs a separate query. If the institution requires a different number of rows
returned they can copy and rename this query and publish the report from the new
query.

Query Information – Deposits

Name: Primary Top Deposit Accounts
Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Checking, Savings
and Time Deposits
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that do not have a Closed
status.
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective date
row from the Deposit_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print Sort #
and/or
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last format P
OWNERSORTNAME Owner Name in Last, First, M format 2
COUNT(DISTINCT Number of distinct accounts for the Tax P
ACCTNBR) Reporting Person that make up the sum of
the note balances
SUM(NOTEBAL) Total sum of Note Balances for the Tax P 1
Reporting Person
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
CURRACCTSTATCD Account Status Code Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Deposit_Acct_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 392

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Miscellaneous Query Only Information

Query Information - Loans

Name: Primary Top Loan Accounts
Qualifiers:
 Major Account Type – The types that will be returned are Consumer,
Commercial and Mortgage
 Current Account Status – Will return only accounts that are Active, Inactive,
Dormant, Closed with Balance, and Non-Performing
 Effective Date – Uses a sub query to return only the most recent effective date
row from the Loan_Acct_Info table.
Column Name Description Print and/or Sort #
Qualify
Information Source: Common_Acct_Info
OWNERNAME Owner Name in First, M, Last format P
OWNERSORTNAME Owner Name in Last, First, M format 2
COUNT(DISTINCT Number of distinct accounts for the Tax P
ACCTNBR) Reporting Person that make up the sum
of the note balances
SUM(NOTEBAL) Total sum of Note Balances for the Tax P 1
Reporting Person
MJACCTTYPCD Major Account Type Code Q
CURRACCTSTATCD Account Status Code Q
EFFDATE Maximum Effective Date for Q
Loan_Acct_Info

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 393

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Redistribution of Standard Queries and Standard
Reports as Templates
Overview
The Redistributing Standard Reports and Queries ensures that all reports and queries
that were previously distributed as Standard Reports are distributed as Standard
Templates.
Standard reports and queries are distributed in template format. Users are not allowed to
modify a template, publish a template, or place a link to a template on a channel.
Instead, a copy of the template must be saved in a folder location other than the
Standard Templates folder structure. The copy becomes a "normal" cView report or
query, which can be edited, published, and added to a channel. In addition, you can use
existing cView functions, such as View Results and View SQL with templates.
Standard Template reports are available via a set of channels displayed on the
DNApublisher My Page screen. The structure and layout of these channels parallels the
existing channel structure for Standard Reports. However, a few channels contain new
template reports.

CRM/BI Suite - DNAreport Manual Page 394

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Redistribution of Standard Queries and Standard Reports as
Templates
Standard Report / Query Changes
In cView Release 4.0, changes were made to the following Standard Reports.
Document Name Description / Path DataSource
Core Balance Reports
Account Balance Range Added Person/Org Number to create proper grouping RW_TCBS
and drilldown to owner detail.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Account Balance Range
Primary Top 10 Deposit Added Person/Org Number to create proper grouping RW_TCBS
Accounts and drilldown to owner detail.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Primary Top 10 Deposit Accounts
Primary Top 10 Loan Added Person/Org Number to create proper grouping RW_TCBS
Accounts and drilldown to owner detail.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Primary Top 10 Loan Accounts
Primary Top 25 Deposit Added Person/Org Number to create proper grouping RW_TCBS
Accounts and drilldown to owner detail.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Primary Top 25 Deposit Accounts
Primary Top 25 Loan Added Person/Org Number to create proper grouping RW_TCBS
Accounts and drilldown to owner detail.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Primary Top 25 Loan Accounts
Primary Top 100 Added Person/Org Number to create proper grouping RW_TCBS
Deposit Accounts and drilldown to owner detail.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Primary Top 100 Deposit Accounts
Primary Top 100 Loan Added Person/Org Number to create proper grouping RW_TCBS
Accounts and drilldown to owner detail.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Primary Top 100 Loan Accounts
n/a Drilldown from Account Balance Range report. Added RW_TCBS
Person/Org Number for proper grouping and
drilldown.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Tax Owner Detail - Balance Range
n/a Drilldown from Top XX Deposit Accounts reports. RW_TCBS
Added Person/Org Number for proper grouping and
drilldown.
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Owner Detail Deposit Top Accounts
n/a Drilldown from Top XX Loan Accounts reports. Added RW_TCBS
Person/Org Number for proper grouping and
drilldown.

DNAreport Manual Page 395

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Redistribution of Standard Queries and Standard Reports as
Templates
Document Name Description / Path DataSource
Path: Standard Reports/Account Balance
Reporting/Owner Detail Loan Top Accounts
Core Transaction Reports
Transaction Analysis by Drilldown link to Teller Transaction Summary report RW_TCBS
Teller was missing. Drilldown modified to user teller
number, rather than name.
Path: Standard Reports/Transaction
Reports/Transaction Analysis by Teller
Hourly Transactions by Drilldown modified to user teller number, rather than RW_TCBS
Teller name.
Path: Standard Reports/Transaction Reports/Hourly
Transactions by Teller
Teller Transaction Drilldown modified to user teller number, rather than RW_TCBS
Summary name.
Path: Standard Reports/Transaction Reports/Teller
Transaction Summary
Teller Transaction Detail Column added for teller number for drilldown from RW_TCBS
Teller Transaction Summary report.
Path: Standard Reports/Transaction Reports/Teller
Transaction Detail
By Major Addresses Address Line 5 was originally incorrectly placed in RW_TCBS
between lines 2 and 3.
Path: Standard Reports/Mailing
Labels/ByMajor_Addresses
Customer Base Removed unnecessary join to ACCT table. Modified Standard
Overview qualifier to use Total Rel (P) column rather than O/C Datasource
(consistent with other DNAmarket reports).
Path: Standard Reports/Customer Reports/Customer
Base Overview

Prerequisites
To use this functionality, the institution must:
 Install or upgrade to cView 4.0.
 Create Portal and SAF DataSources.

In This Section
The following topics are included in this section:
 Creating a Datasource
 Standard Templates Functions
 Query Builder Standard Templates
 Viewing Queries in Subfolders
 Editing and Saving Copies of Template Queries in Query Builder
 Exporting Standard Query Templates
DNAreport Manual Page 396
Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Redistribution of Standard Queries and Standard Reports as
Templates
 Standard Report Templates
 Viewing Reports in Subfolders
 Viewing Report Results
 Saving a Copy of the Template Report
 Exporting Standard Template Reports

DNAreport Manual Page 397

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Datasource
Overview
Before certain queries / reports can be used in the Standard Templates/SAF subfolder,
a Portal Datasource and SAF Datasource must be added to Datasource Manager if it
does not already exist.

Prerequisites
cView 4.0 must be installed.

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Data Source Manager

Steps
Follow these steps to add the Portal and SAF datasources.

Portal DataSource
1. Login to cView as a user who is a member of the admin workgroup.
2. On the DNApublisher My Page screen,
a. Select Datasource Manager in the Report Wizard Admin channel.
The DataSource Manager / DataSources screen displays.

b. Click New.
The DataSources screen displays.

DNAreport Manual Page 398

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Datasource

3. Complete the DataSource Manager / DataSources screen as follows,

a. In the W HAT IS THE NAME OF THE DATASOURCE? field, type Portal Datasource.
Note: The datasource name must be typed exactly as it displays in the
document.
b. In the W HAT TYPE IS YOUR DATABASE SERVER? dropdown, select the type of
database server your cView database is on.
c. In the ON WHAT PORT IS YOUR DATABASE LISTENING? field, type the port your cView
database is listening on.
d. In the W HAT SID DO YOU WANT TO CONNECT TO? field, type the name of the SID
your cView database is on.
e. In the W HAT IS YOUR USER ID? field, type portal for the user ID for the Portal
schema.
f. In the W HAT IS YOUR PASSWORD? field, enter the password for your Portal
schema.
g. Click Save.
The Portal DataSource displays in the list of DataSources on the DataSource
Manager / DataSources screen.

DNAreport Manual Page 399

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Creating a Datasource

SAF DataSource
For setting up the SAF DataSource, follow these steps.
1. On the DataSource Manager / DataSources screen,
a. In the W HAT IS THE NAME OF THE DATASOURCE? field, type SAF DataSource.
b. In the W HAT TYPE IS YOUR DATABASE SERVER? dropdown, select the type of
database server your CORE database is on.
c. In the ON WHAT PORT IS YOUR DATABASE LISTENING? field, type the port your Core
database is listening on.
d. In the W HAT SID DO YOU WANT TO CONNECT TO? field, type the name of the SID
your Core database is on.
e. In the W HAT IS YOUR USER ID? field, type saf for the user ID for the SAF schema.
f. In the W HAT IS YOUR PASSWORD? field, enter the password for your SAF schema.
g. Click Save.
The SAF DataSource displays in the list of DataSources on the DataSource
Manager / DataSources screen.

DNAreport Manual Page 400

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Standard Templates Functions

Standard Templates Functions

Overview
The Standard Templates appear in the following cView modules:
Module Description
DNApublisher Channels are created to link to standard templates.
They display on the DNApublisher My Page screen.
Query Builder Standard queries are distributed as query templates.
Report Manager Standard reports are distributed as report templates.
The Standard Templates folder can be accessed by all users with a valid login to cView.
DNApublisher - Contains a set of channels that has links to Standard Templates. These
channels correspond to the Standard Reports channels. However, these channels
contain the word "template" in the channel name. The Standard Template channels can
be added to the DNApublisher My Page screen. Standard Template channels cannot be
edited.
Query Builder - Contains a folder named Standard Templates. This folder contains sub-
folders that contain the Standard Template queries. If you have upgraded to cView 4.0
from a previous version of cView both the Standard Templates folder and the existing
Standard Reports folder are available.
Report Manager - Contains a folder named Standard Templates. This folder contains
sub-folders that contain the Standard Template reports. If you have upgraded to cView
4.0 from a previous version of cView both the Standard Templates folder and the
existing Standard Reports folder are available.

Prerequisites
 DNAactivity Datasource
 Standard Datasource (DNAmarket data)
 RW_TCBS datasource (OSI - Core data)
 Portal Datasource (DNApublisher data)
 SAF Datasource

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
 My Page > Query Builder
 My Page > Report Manager

DNAreport Manual Page 401

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Standard Templates Functions

Steps
Follow these steps to review standard templates.
1. To review standard templates on DNApublisher, Query Builder / Queries, and Report
Manager / Reports,
Do one of the following:
To… Go to…
Add Standard Templates on the DNApublisher My Page Step 2
screen
Review Standard Templates on the Query Builder / Queries Step 3
screen
Review Standard Templates on the Report Manager / Step 4
Reports screen

2. To add Standard Templates on the DNApublisher My Page screen,

a. Login as a member of the admin workgroup.
b. Choose Customize > Configure My Page.
The Configure My Page screen displays.

c. Select admin from the W ORKGROUPS list box.

d. Select the desired channels to add from the CHANNELS IN WORKGROUP list box.
The following is a list of the templates that can be selected:
 Core Balance Rpts Template
 Core Delinquency Rpt Template
 Core Mailing Labels Template
 Core Officer Rpts Template
 Core Prop Analysis Template
 Core TD Maturity Rpt Template
 Core Transaction Rpt Template
 Escalation Status Reports Template
 MV Customer Rpt Template

DNAreport Manual Page 402

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Standard Templates Functions

 MV Institution Rpt Template

 MV Product Rpt Template
e. Click Add >.
The selected channels display in the CHANNELS ON YOUR PAGE list box.
f. Click Accept.
The DNApublisher My Page screen displays with the selected channels.
3. To view Standard Templates on the Query Builder / Queries screen.
a. On the My Page screen, select Query Builder.
The Query Builder / Queries screen displays.

b. Select the Standard Templates/ folder.

4. To view Standard Templates on the Report Manager / Reports screen.
a. On the My Page screen, select Report Manager.
The Report Manager/Reports screen displays.

DNAreport Manual Page 403

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Standard Templates Functions

b. Select the Standard Templates/ folder.

5. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

DNAreport Manual Page 404

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Query Builder Standard Templates
Overview
The following actions can be performed with Standard Template queries:
 View queries in subfolders.
 Edit a template query using the Query Builder / Create Query screen.
 Use the Save As function to save a copy of a template query in a folder to
which the user has Read/Write permission.
 Export template query folders and queries to a machine or server to which the
user has Read/Write permission.
The following sections describe the procedures for each of these functions.

DNAreport Manual Page 405

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Viewing Queries in Subfolders
Overview
The Query Builder / Queries screen contains a group of subfolders that display all the
standard template queries by module. These are referred to as subfolders. The
subfolders include:
 DNAactivity
 Balancing
 Core
 DNAmarket
 SAF
These subfolders only contain template queries. The template queries in the subfolders
display with a precedent icon with the letters "TPL".

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder

Steps
Follow these steps to view queries in standard template subfolders.
1. On the Query Builder / Queries screen,
a. Select the Standard Templates/ folder.
The standard template subfolders display.

b. Select the desired subfolder to view standard template queries.

2. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

DNAreport Manual Page 406

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing and Saving Copies of Template Queries in Query Builder
Overview
A standard template query can be modified and saved outside the Standard Templates
folder structure. This restricts the user from modifying the template or the contents of a
Standard Templates folder. The Save As button allows you to save a copy of the
template query.
When a template query is opened from the Standard Templates folder, the query
displays on the Query Builder / Create Query screen. You can perform standard
modifications to the query and save it as a copy outside the Standard Templates folder
structure. If desired, the user has the option to rename the query.
Once the standard template query is successfully saved as a copy, the Save button
displays. The user becomes the owner of the saved query. The Query Builder / Create
Query screen refreshes and the user is positioned in the saved query and not the
template query, therefore, the Choose button displays.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder

Steps
Follow these steps to view queries in subfolders of standard templates.
1. On the Query Builder / Queries screen, select a template query from the Standard
Templates folder.
2. The template query displays on the Query Builder / Create Query screen.

DNAreport Manual Page 407

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Editing and Saving Copies of Template Queries in Query Builder

3. To save the modified query, click Save As.

The Save As dialog box displays folders the user has Write access to. Since the
Standard Templates folder is restricted, it does not display in the list of folders.
4. Select a folder from the Save As dialog box, type the query name in the SELECTION
box, and click OK.
The Query Builder / Saved dialog box displays.
5. Click OK.
The query is saved as a copy in the folder selected and the Query Builder / Create
Query screen refreshes and the Save and Choose buttons display.

6. To return to DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

DNAreport Manual Page 408

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Exporting Standard Query Templates
Users can export the Standard Templates folder or its subfolders to any machine or
server location to which the user has Read/Write permissions.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Query Builder

Steps
Follow these steps to view queries in subfolders of standard templates.
1. On the Query Builder / Queries screen,
a. Select a template query or the Standard Templates folder.
b. Click Export.
The File Download dialog box displays.
c. Click Save.
d. The file type ".query" for Query or ".queryfolder" gets saved at the selected
location.
Refer to the "Importing and Exporting Queries and Folders" section in the
DNAreport Manual.
2. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

DNAreport Manual Page 409

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Standard Report Templates
Overview
The following actions can be performed with Standard Template reports:
 View sub-folders and the template reports in those sub-folders.
 View Results of a template report.
 Use the Save As function to save a copy of a template report in a folder to
which the user has Read/Write permission.
 Export standard template reports.

The following sections describe the procedures for each of these functions.

DNAreport Manual Page 410

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Viewing Reports in Subfolders
A group of subfolders on the Report Manager / Reports screen groups all the standard
template reports by module. All of the existing subfolders can be found in the following
subfolders. The subfolders include:
 DNAactivity
 Balancing
 Core
 DNAmarket
 SAF
Reports cannot be imported into the Standard Templates folder or any of its subfolders.
This prevents any overwriting or modification to the standard templates folder and its
contents. In addition, standard template reports cannot be published unless a copy of
the standard template report is created. The template reports in the subfolders display
with a precedent icon with the letters "TPL".

Prerequisites
 DNAactivity Datasource
 Standard Datasource (DNAmarket data)
 RW_TCBS datasource (OSI - Core data)
 Portal Datasource (DNApublisher data)
 SAF Datasource

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow these steps to view a Standard Templates subfolder.
1. On the Report Manager / Reports screen,
a. Select the Standard Templates folder.
The standard templates subfolders display.

DNAreport Manual Page 411

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Viewing Reports in Subfolders

b. Select any one of the module subfolder listed to view standard template reports.
2. To return to DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

DNAreport Manual Page 412

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Viewing Report Results
Results can be viewed on Standard Templates. The View Results screen allows you to
create a copy of the template report and save it in a folder outside the standard
templates folder structure. The saved copy can be published, added to a channel, or
modified and viewed.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow these steps to view report results.
1. On the Report Manager / Reports screen,
a. Select Standard Templates folder.
b. Select a module subfolder.
c. Select a report to view the results.
2. If the report is a user prompt report the Report Manager / User Prompts screen
displays.
3. Click OK.

DNAreport Manual Page 413

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Viewing Report Results

The View Results screen displays.

4. Click OK to return to the Report Manager / Reports screen.

5. To return to DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

DNAreport Manual Page 414

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Saving a Copy of the Template Report
The Save As functionality allows you to save a copy of the template in a folder outside
the standard templates folder structure. The Object Chooser dialog box allows the user
to create a new folder or select any existing folder to which the user has Read/Write
permissions.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow these steps to save a copy of the template report.
1. On the Report Manager / Reports screen,
a. Select the Standard Templates folder.
b. Select a report to view the results.
The View Results screen display.

c. Click Save As to save a copy of the report.

DNAreport Manual Page 415

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Saving a Copy of the Template Report

The Save As dialog box displays.

d. Select a folder, type a name for the report and click OK.
The Report Manager / Saved dialog box displays.
e. Click OK.
After clicking Save As and entering a folder/report name, the user accesses their
own copy of the report with all Report Manager Functionality in the menu.

2. To return to DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

DNAreport Manual Page 416

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.
Exporting Standard Template Reports
The Standard Templates folder or its subfolders can be exported to any machine or
server location to where the user has Read/Write permissions.

Prerequisites
None

Restrictions
None

Related Procedures
None

Navigation
My Page > Report Manager

Steps
Follow these steps to view reports in subfolders of Standard Templates.
1. On the Report Manager / Reports screen,
a. Select the template report or the Standard Templates folder.
b. Click Export.
The File Download dialog box displays.
c. Click Save.
2. To return to the DNApublisher My Page screen, select the DNApublisher menu.

DNAreport Manual Page 417

Release 5.2 © Open Solutions Inc.